TW200306442A - Optical deflection elements and light source device - Google Patents

Optical deflection elements and light source device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200306442A
TW200306442A TW092102184A TW92102184A TW200306442A TW 200306442 A TW200306442 A TW 200306442A TW 092102184 A TW092102184 A TW 092102184A TW 92102184 A TW92102184 A TW 92102184A TW 200306442 A TW200306442 A TW 200306442A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
light
degrees
plane
inclination angle
angle
Prior art date
Application number
TW092102184A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW583422B (en
Inventor
Tomoyoshi Yamashita
Issei Chiba
Original Assignee
Mitsubishi Rayon Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsubishi Rayon Co filed Critical Mitsubishi Rayon Co
Publication of TW200306442A publication Critical patent/TW200306442A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW583422B publication Critical patent/TW583422B/en

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/04—Prisms
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/0001—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • G02B6/0011—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems the light guides being planar or of plate-like form
    • G02B6/0033—Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide
    • G02B6/005—Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide provided by one optical element, or plurality thereof, placed on the light output side of the light guide
    • G02B6/0053—Prismatic sheet or layer; Brightness enhancement element, sheet or layer
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/04—Prisms
    • G02B5/045—Prism arrays
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/0001—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • G02B6/0011—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems the light guides being planar or of plate-like form
    • G02B6/0033—Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide
    • G02B6/0035—Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide provided on the surface of the light guide or in the bulk of it
    • G02B6/0038—Linear indentations or grooves, e.g. arc-shaped grooves or meandering grooves, extending over the full length or width of the light guide

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Planar Illumination Modules (AREA)
  • Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)

Abstract

A plane light source device comprises a primary light source 1, a light transmission body 3, a light deflection 4 and a light diffusion element 6. The light transmission body 3 transmits light from the primary light source l and consists of a light incoming plane 31 and a light outgoing plane 32. The light deflection 4 is adjacent to the light outgoing plane of the light transmission body 3 and has a light incoming plane 41 and a light outgoing plane 42. The light diffusion element 6 is adjacent to the outgoing plane of the light deflection body. Plural prism lines, each constructed by two prism surfaces, are aligned almost in parallel on the light outgoing plane 41. One of the prism surfaces has at least two planes with different tilt angles. The nearer of the light outgoing plane, the bigger the tilt angle is. The angle difference between the one nearest from the outgoing light plane 42 and the one farthest from the outgoing plane 42 is not larger than 15 degrees.

Description

200306442 玖、發明說明： 發明所屬之技術領域 本發明係關於一種邊緣照明（edge light)方式之光源裝 置以及其所使用的光偏向元件，此係構成在筆記型個人電 腦、液晶電視機、行動電話機、携帶資訊終端等以顯示部 加以使用之液晶顯示裝置等，特別係關於配置在導光體之 出光面側之光偏向元件的改良。 先前技術 近年來’彩色液晶顯不裝置係以携帶用筆記型個人電 腦或個人電腦等之監視器(monitor)，或者爲液晶電視機或 視頻(video)—體型液晶電視機，行動電話機，携帶資訊終 端等之顯示部，在種種領域加以使用。又，隨資訊處理量 之增大化，需求之多樣化，對應多媒體等，盛行液晶顯示 裝置之大畫面化，高精細化等。 液晶顯不裝置基本上係由後照光（back light)部與液晶 顯示元件部所構成。後照光部係有在液晶顯示元件部之正 下面配置光源之正下面方式或使光源以對向配置於導光體 之側端面的邊緣照明方式，從液晶顯示裝置之微型化觀點 較多用邊緣照明方式。 可是，近年來，對比較小畫面尺寸之顯示裝置其觀察 方向範圍比較狹窄例如行動電話機之顯示部所使用之液晶 顯示裝置等，從低減耗電之觀點，對邊緣照明方式之後照 光部，爲有效利用從一次光源所發出之光量，而利用盡量 使從畫面出射之光束的發散角度變小，以使光集中於所要 10833pif.doc/008 6 200306442 之角度範圍加以出射。 一種光源裝置係使用於此種觀察方向範圍有所限定之 顯示裝置，爲提高一次光源之光量的利用效率減低消耗電 力以集中在比較狹窄範圍進行光出射的光源裝置，本案之 申請案人在日本專利特開2001-143515號公報提案使用鄰 接於導光體之出射光面在兩面具有稜鏡形成面之稜鏡薄層 (prism sheet)。此兩面稜鏡薄層係在一方之面的入光面及 他方之面的出光面各形成互相平行的複數稜鏡列，使入光 面與出光面之稜鏡列方向一致且彼此稜鏡列配置於對應位 置。藉此，從導光體之光出射面對該光出射面在傾斜之方 向可使具有出射光峰値(peak)，分布於適宜角度範圍所出 射之光，從稜鏡薄層之入光面的一方之稜鏡面入射在他方 之稜鏡面經內面反射，更在受出光面之稜鏡之折射作用， 可使光向比較狹窄之所要方向集中出射。 依照此種光源裝，雖可使在狹窄角度範圍集中出射， 使用爲光偏向元件之稜鏡薄層必要使在兩面互相平行之複 數稜鏡列，以入光面與出光面之稜鏡列方向一致且彼此稜 鏡列配置於對應位置，此種成形成爲複雜。 發明內容 本發明之目的係提供一種光偏向元件及光源裝置，使 出射光之分布控制非常狹窄，可提昇一次光源之光量的利 用效率（即，使從一次光源發出之光向所要之觀察方向集 中出射的效率變高）而且以簡單化之結構容易提昇畫像形 成用照明的品質之光偏向元件及光源裝置。 10833pif.doc/008 7 200306442 本發明之光偏向元件係具有入光面與出光面。其中， 入光面係使光入射，出光面係位置於入光面之相反側，使 入射光加以出射，其特徵在於，在上述入光面係由兩稜鏡 面所構成之稜鏡列以互相大略並列複數排列，該稜鏡列之 至少一方之稜鏡面係由兩個傾斜角互異之平面所構成，位 置愈近上述出光面側之平面其傾斜角愈大，位置最近於上 述出光面之平面的傾斜角與從上述出光面最遠之平面的傾 斜角之差爲15度以下。 又，本發明之光偏向元件係具有入光面與出光面，其 中，入光面係使光入射，出光面係位置於入光面之相反側， 使入射光加以出射，其特徵在於，在上述入光面係由兩稜 鏡面所構成之稜鏡列以互相大略並列複數排列，該稜鏡列 之至少一方之稜鏡面係由三個傾斜角互異之平面所構成， 位置愈近於上述出光面側之平面其傾斜角愈大。 又’本發明之光偏向元件係具有入光面與出光面，其 中，入光面係使光入射，出光面係位置於入光面之相反側， 使入射光加以出射’其特徵在於，在上述入光面由兩個稜 鏡面所構成之稜鏡列係以互相大略並列複數排列，該稜鏡 列之至少一方之稜鏡面係由兩個傾斜角互異之凸曲面所構 成，位置愈近於上述出光面側之凸曲面其傾斜角愈大。 又’本發明之光偏向元件’係以一方之面爲入光面而 且以其反相側之面爲出光面，在上述入光面係形成以互相 並列排列之複數稜鏡列，該稜鏡列係具有第—棱鏡面輿[第 二稜鏡面之兩個稜鏡面，至少上述第二稜鏡面之位置於上 10833pif.doc/008 8 200306442 述稜鏡列的頂部側之一部分係由大略爲平面所構成，位置 於上述出光面側之其他部分係成爲凸曲面形狀之光偏光元 件，其特徵在於，從上述稜鏡列之頂部至凸曲面形狀部之 高度（h)對上述稜鏡列之高度(H)的比率(h/H)係爲25〜60%。 更且，本發明之光源裝置，其特徵在於，包括一次光 源、導光體與上述光偏向元件，其中，導光體係使該一次 光源所發出之光加以導光並且具有使從上述一次光源所發 出之光加以入射之光入射面及經導光之光加以出射之光出 射面，上述光偏向元件係鄰接配置於該導光體之光出射 面。 如以上說明，依照本發明可提供一種光源裝置，藉由 使形成於光偏向元件之入光面的稜鏡列之至少一方的稜鏡 面由傾斜角相異之複數平面或凸曲面所構成時，可使從一 次光源所發出之光能以高效率（一次光源之光量的利用效 率）向所要觀察之方向加以集中射出。 又，依照本發明，可提供一種光源裝置，藉由使形成 於光偏向元件之入光面的稜鏡列之至少一方的稜鏡面由入 光面側之大略平面部與出光面側之凸曲面形狀部所構成 時，可使從一次光源所發出之光向所要觀察方向能以高效 率加以集中出射，並且光偏向元件之出光面係以平坦面加 以簡樸化能容易加以成形。 爲讓本發明之上述原理和其他目的、特徵和優點能更 明顯易懂，下文特舉一較佳實施例，並配合所附圖式，作 詳細說明如下： 10833pif.doc/008 9 200306442 實施方式 以下，一面參照圖面一面說明本發明之實施形態。 第1圖係表不本發明之光源裝置的面光源裝置之一實 施形態的模式斜視圖。如第1圖所示，本發明之面光源裝 置係由導光體3、一次光源1、光偏向元件4、光擴散元件 6及光反射元件5所構成。其中，導光體3係至少以一側 端面爲光入射面31，以與此大略直交之一表面爲光出射面 33，一次光源1係以對向配置於此導光體3之光入射面31 以光源反射器(reflector)2所覆蓋，光偏向元件4係配置於 導光體3之光出射面上，光擴散元件6係配置於光偏向元 件4之出光面上，光反射元件5係以對向配置於導光體3 之光出射面33的相反側之背面34。 導光體3係配置與XY面平行，其全體呈爲矩形板狀。 導光體3係具有四個側端面，其中以與YZ面平行之一對 側端面中之至少一側端面爲光入射面31。光入射面31係 以與光源1對向配置，從光源1發出之光係從光入射面31 入射於導光體3內。在本發明，例如，在與入射面31對 向之側端面32等的其他側端面也可對向配置光源。 大略直交於導光體3之光入射面31的兩主面係各位置 於與XY面大略平行，任何一方之主面（在圖中爲上面）爲 光出射面33。在光出射面33及背面34中之至少一方的面， 係藉ί給與指向性光出射機能部等，使從光入射面31入 射之光在導光體3中一面導光一面從光出射面33使在直 交於光入射面31及光出射面33之面（ΧΖ面）內之出射光光 10833pif.doc/008 10 200306442 度分布具有指向性之光加以出射。其中，指向性光出射機 能部係由粗面所成之指向性光出射機能部或稜鏡列、雙凸 透鏡（lenticular lens)列、斷面V字狀之溝等之多數透鏡列 與光入射面31大略平行以並列所形成之透鏡面加以構成。 在此XZ面內的出射光光度分布之峰値(peak)方向與光出 射面33所成之角度爲a時’此角度a係以1 〇〜4〇度爲宜， 出射光光度分布之半値全幅度係以10〜40度爲宜。 在導光體3之表面所形成之粗面或透鏡列，由 IS04287/1-1984之平均傾斜角0 a係以在0.5〜15度之範圍 時，對圖謀光出射面33內之輝度均齊度觀點較好。平均 傾斜角0 a再好係在1〜2度之範圍，更好係在1.5〜11度之 範圍。此平均傾斜角0 a係由導光體3之厚度⑴與入射光 傳導方向之長度（L)的比(L/t)以設定最適範圍爲宜。即，導 光體3使用L/t爲20〜200程度之場合係以使平均傾斜Θ a 爲0.5〜7.5度時較好，再好係以1〜5度之範圍，更好係在 1.5〜4度之範圍。又，導光體3使用L/t爲20以下程度的 場合，平均傾斜0 a係以7〜12度較好，再好係在8〜11度 之範圍。 在導光體3所形成的粗面之平均傾斜角0 a係依據 IS04287/1-1984,使用觸針式表面粗糙度儀測定粗面形狀， 測定方向之座標爲X，從所得之傾斜函數f(x)使用以下之（1) 及（2)式可求得。在此，L係測定長度，Δα係平均傾斜角 0 a之正切。 △ a 二(1/L)f |(d/dx)f⑴|dx ...........(1) 10833pif.doc/008 11 200306442 Θ a=tan ι( Δ a)............⑺ 更且’對導光體3係以其光出射率在0.5〜5%之範圍較 好’再好係在1〜3%之範圍。此係因爲光出射率小於0.5% 時從導光體3出射之光量變少有未能取得充分輝度之傾 向’光出射率大於5%時在一次光源丨近傍出射多量之光， 在光出射面33內之X方向之光衰減顯著，在光出射面33 之輝度的均齊度有低降傾向的關係。如此藉由使導光體3 之光出射率在0.5〜5%時，可使從光出射面所射出的光之 出射光光度分布(XZ面內）的峰値光角度（峰値角度）對光出 射面的法線成爲在50〜80度之範圍，出射光光度分布之半 値全幅度爲10〜40度的具有高指向性之出射特性的光從導 光體3加以出射，在其出射方向可由光偏向元件4加以有 效率的偏向，可以提供具有高輝度之面光源元件。 在本發明，從導光體3之光出射率係可定義如下。在 光出射面33之光入射面31側之端緣的出射光之光強度（I。) 與從光入射面31側之端緣至距離L之位置的出射光強度(I) 之關係，導光體3之厚度(Z方向尺寸）爲t時，係滿足如 下之（3)式之關係。 Ι=Ι〇α (l-α )L/t-------(3) 在此，常數α爲光出射率，係在光出射面33之與光入 射面3Ί直交的X方向之單位長度（相當於導光體厚度t之 長度）處從導光體3使光射出之比率（％)。此光出射率α係 在縱軸取從光出射面33之出射光的光強度之對數’在橫 12 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 軸取(L/t)，藉由繪圖其關係，可從其坡度求得。 又，未附與指向性光出射機能之其他主面，爲控制與 導光體3之出射光的光源1平行之面(YZ面）的指向性，係 以形成在對入射面31大略垂直方向（X方向）伸延由多數透 鏡列所排列的透鏡面爲宜。在第1圖所示之實施形態，在 光出射面33形成粗面，在背面34形成在對光入射面31 大略垂直方向（X方向）伸延由多數透鏡列排列所構成之透 鏡面。在本發明係與第1圖所示形態相反，也可在光出射 面33形成透鏡面，以背面34爲粗面。 如第1圖所示，在導光體3之背面34或光出射面33 形成透鏡列之場合，其透鏡列係雖可舉大略在X方向伸延 的稜鏡列，雙凸透鏡列V字狀溝等，而以YZ斷面之形狀 爲大略三角形狀的稜鏡列爲宜。 在本發明，導光體3之透鏡列以形成棱鏡列的場合， 其頂角係以70〜150度之範圍爲宜。此係藉由使頂角在此 範圍時，從導光體3之出射光可充分加以聚光，而能圖謀 面光源裝置之輝度的充分提昇。即，藉由使稜鏡頂角在此 範圍內時，包含在出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之峰値光在與 XZ面垂直之面可使出射光光度分布之半値全幅度以35〜65 度所聚光之出射光加以射出，而可提昇面光源裝置之輝 度。尙且，使稜鏡列形成於光出射面33之場合，頂角係 以80〜100度之範圍爲宜，使稜鏡列形成於背面34之場合， 頂角係以70〜80度或100〜150度之範圍爲宜。 10833pif.doc/008 13 200306442 尙且，在本發明替代如上述之在光出射面33或其背面 34形成光出射機能部，或者也可與此倂用，在導光體內部 藉由混入分散光擴散微粒子以附與指向性出射機能。又， 導光體3並非限定於第1圖所示之斷面形狀，也可使用楔 形狀、船型狀等之種種斷面形狀。 第2圖係光偏向元件4之稜鏡列的形狀說明圖，光 偏向元件4係以主表面之一方爲入光面41，他方之面爲出 光面42。在入光面41係由多數之稜鏡列大略以並列排列， 各稜鏡列係由第一稜鏡面44與第二稜鏡面45之兩個稜鏡 面所構成。其中，第一稜鏡面44係在光源側之位置。第 二稜鏡面45係在從光源較遠側之位置。在第2圖所示之 實施形態，第一稜鏡面、4爲平面，第二稜鏡面45係由三 個互爲相異傾斜角之平面46〜48所構成，愈靠近出光面之 平面其傾斜角愈大。又，平面46〜48之中，最近於出光面 之平面48與從出光面最遠之平面46的傾斜角之差成爲15 度以下。尙且，在本發明平面之傾斜角係對稜鏡列形成平 面43之各平面的傾斜角度。 本發明之光偏向元件4係藉由使第二稜鏡面45由傾斜 角互異之至少兩平面加以構成，此平面之傾斜角愈近出光 面愈變大’最近於出光面之平面與從出光面最遠之平面的 傾斜角之差在15度以下時，可發揮極高之聚光效果，光 源裝置可取得極高輝度。此最近於出光面之平面與從出光 面最遠之平面的傾斜角之差係以0.5〜10度之範圍爲較好， 再好爲1〜7度之範圍。尙且，使傾斜角相異之平面形成三 10833pif.doc/008 14 200306442 個以上之場合，此傾斜角之差係以在上述範圍爲宜，但並 非特別限定於此範圍。又，藉由使第二稜鏡面45爲此種 結構時，可容易設計具有所期望之聚光性的偏向元件之同 時’能以穩定製造具有一定光學特性之光偏向元件。 其次，對本發明之光偏向元件的稜鏡面之形狀加以說 明。第3圖〜第14圖係由兩稜鏡面均爲平面稜鏡頂角爲65.4 度之習知的光偏向元件，使從導光體之出射光光度分布(XZ 面內）的峰値角度爲20度之光，在對導光體之光入射面及 光出射面的兩方之面成垂直之平面，表示以何種出射光光 度分布(XZ面內）從光偏向元件加以出射者。第3圖〜第12 圖係使從第一稜鏡面入射之入射光由第二稜鏡面經全反射 而從出光面42加以出射之狀態，將第二稜鏡面在X方向 均等分割爲十個區域（area)加以表示從各區域之出射光光 度分布(XZ面內）。十個區域係從接近稜鏡頂部開始依序爲 Parti、Part2、".partlO 〇對在第二稜鏡面經全反射而出射 之全體的光之出射光光度分布（XZ面內）係如第13圖所 不，其峰値光係在法線方向出射，具有22度之半値全幅 度。 但，觀察Parti〜PartlO之各區域的出射光光度分布(χζ 面內）時，其峰値角度對parti及part2係在約-9度（負之角 度値係以法線方向爲0度表不傾斜於一^次光源之方向的場 合）附近出射，對Part3〜Part7係峰値光向〇度方向（法線方 向）位移’再對Part8〜PartlO可知峰値光逐次位移於正的角 度方向。最接近出光面43之區域(PartlO)經全反射所出射 15 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 之峰値角度爲7度，在第二稜鏡面（partl〜partl0之間）其 峰値角度有16度之寬度。又從各區域之峰値光的強度係 從Parti向PartlO以緩慢的變小。 如此，可知由一平面所構成之稜鏡面經全反射所出 射之光係依存於稜鏡面之全反射區域而以廣範圍加以分 散。使此從各區域之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之峰値光， 藉由將各區域之傾斜角各加以調整，在全區域使峰値角度 出射於大略同一方向時，可使大部分之出射光以集中於特 定方向加以出射。此時，在各區域的面之傾斜角，係從parti 至partlO之順序，即使愈接近於出光面42之區域的稜鏡 面之傾斜角愈大。如此藉由調整各區域的面之傾斜角時， 如第14圖所示，可使在稜鏡面全體所全反射之出射光聚 光於一定方向，能以高指向性，大峰値強度之光加以出射。 使稜鏡面加以分割之各區域雖係以至少設定兩個，此 區域數（傾斜角相異之平面數）過少時，由光偏向元件之聚 光性低降，有損輝度提昇效果之傾向的關係，係以三個以 上爲較好，再好係五個以上，更好係六個以上。尙且，使 區域數爲兩個的場合，爲能以某程度抑止聚光特性之低 降，有必要使用兩個平面的傾斜角之差在15度以下，以 0.5〜10度之範圍爲較好，再好係在1〜7度之範圍。區域數 雖在三個以上之場合，最近於出光面之平面的傾斜角與從 出光面最遠之平面的傾斜角之差係以在15度以下時對聚 光特性較好，再好爲0.5〜10度，更好在1〜7度之範圍。 10833pif.doc/008 16 200306442 一方面，使此區域數變多時，在稜鏡面可以全面使 峰値角度細加調整之關係，雖可提昇全體之集中度，但需 要形成細小的傾斜角相異之平面，對形成光偏向元件之稜 鏡面的金屬模型切削用的切削刀（bhe)之設計或製造變成複 雑同時以穩定取得具有一定光學特性之光偏向元件成爲困 難。因而’在稜鏡面形成之區域數係以2〇以下較好，再 好爲12以下。此稜鏡面之分割雖係以均等分割爲宜，並 不必要以均等分割，可依據所期望之稜鏡面全體的出射光 輝度分布(XZ面內）加以調整。又，具有相異傾斜角之各平 面的寬度（在稜鏡列斷面之各平面部分的長度）係對稜鏡列 之間距以4〜47%之範圍較好，再好爲6〜30%，更好係在 7〜20%之範圍。 在本發明，例如，在第15圖及第16圖所示，也可 使如上述之具有相異傾斜角之平面的至少一個平面爲凸曲 面，也可使全平面爲凸曲面。在第15圖，使第二稜鏡面45 分割爲四區域，由三個平面49〜51與一個凸曲面52所構 成。在第16圖，使第二稜鏡面45分割爲兩個區域，由形 狀相異之兩個凸曲面53、54所構成。圖中，55係決定曲 面53之形狀的非圓形狀，56係決定曲面54之形狀的圓形 狀。又，也可以通過分割第二稜鏡面45之各區域的境界 之曲面加以構成，此種場合，在不導致輝度之大幅度低降 之範圍時曲面係可稍微偏離各區域之境界。例如，曲面之 通過位置（從稜鏡頂部之距離）對棱鏡列間距之比率對區域 境界之比率的偏離係以4%以下即可，再好爲2%以下，更 10833pifdoc/008 17 200306442 好係在1%以下之範圍，尙且，在本發明，凸曲面之傾斜 角係將一凸曲面的全體位置之傾斜角加以平均者。如此， 使稜鏡面以相異傾斜角之複數凸曲面加以構成之場合，與 以相異傾斜角之平面加以構成之場合比較時，區域數係可 較少，可用2〜10之區域數，較好係在2〜8之範圍。但區 域數過少時，調整所期望之出射光度分布(XZ面內）的各凸 曲面之設計變爲困難之關係，區域數係在3〜8之範圍爲宜。 又，凸曲面之形狀，可使其XZ斷面之形狀爲圓弧或 非圓弧。更且，由複數凸曲面構成稜鏡面之場合，各凸曲 面之形狀以相異爲宜，雖可使斷面圓弧形狀之凸曲面與斷 面非圓弧形狀之凸曲面加以組合，至少使一個凸曲面爲斷 面非圓弧形狀爲宜。使複數凸曲面爲斷面圓弧形狀之場 合，也可使各凸曲面加以變化其曲率。非圓弧形狀係可舉 橢圓形狀之一部分，拋物線形狀之一部分等。 更且，凸曲面係以曲率半徑⑴與稜鏡列之間距（P)之 比(r/P)以在2〜50之範圍較好，再好爲5〜30,更好係在7〜10 之範圍。此r/P未滿2，超過50時，不能充分發揮聚光特 性，輝度有低降之傾向。 如此傾斜角相異之平面及凸曲面，係使在各平面及 凸曲面以全反射之光從出光面出射時之在出射輝度分布 (XZ面內）之峰値角度雖以大略能成爲一定角度加以設計， 此各峰値角度係未必要使成爲大略一定角度，可以使全部 峰値角度在15度以內之範圍內加以設計，以10度以下較 10833pif.doc/008 18 200306442 好再好爲7度以下，更好係在5度以下之範圍。 又，在由此構成之稜鏡列，如第3圖〜第12圖所示， 從Parti〜Part5區域經全反射從出光面出射之光的在出射 光光度分布（XZ面內）之強度，係佔以稜鏡面全體經全反射 從出光面出射之光的在出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之強度的 75%以上之關係，以此等區域經全反射所出射之出射光使 向所期望之方向聚光成爲特別重要。因而，稜鏡列之從稜 鏡頂部之高度爲h，稜鏡列全體之高度爲Η之場合，在至 少到h/H成爲60%以下之高度h的領域使傾斜角相異之平 面或凸曲面至少形成兩個較好，再好爲形成三個以上。到 高度h之領域，再好係h/H成爲50%之領域，更好係成爲 40%以下之領域。尙且，到高度h之領域過小時有不能取 得充分之聚光特性的傾向之同時金屬模型之製造變成複雜 之關係，h/H係以20%以上爲宜。此種場合，在到高度h 之領域的區域數係以3〜8之範圍較好，再好爲3〜6，更好 係爲3〜4範圍。 又，稜鏡面由傾斜角相異之複數平面或凸曲面所構成 時，爲確保充分聚光特性起見，連結稜鏡列之頂部與底部 (谷部）的假想平面Q(第2圖、第15、第16圖）與複數平面 或凸曲面（實際之稜鏡面）之最大距離d對稜鏡列之間距(P) 之比率（d/P)係以0.4〜5%較好。此係d/P未滿0.4%或超過 5%時，聚光特性有低下之傾向，有無法圖謀充分之輝度提 昇的傾向之關係，再好爲0.4〜3%之範圍，更好爲0.7〜2.2% 10833pif.doc/008 19 200306442 之範圍。 在本發明，稜鏡列之頂角在考慮聚光特性或光之利 用效率時，係以35〜80度較好，再好係35〜7〇度之範圍， 更好係40〜70度之範圍。又，對稜鏡頂角之法線的左右分 角（兩個Μ稜鏡面之法線的傾斜角度）α、/5係可相同或相 異’爲能以有效率的提昇在大略法線方向（以法線方向爲〇 度之場合係在ΧΖ面內之±10度的範圍）的輝度之場合，係 以設定相異角度爲宜。此種場合，使位置於光源側之分角 爲40度以下’ Α係25〜50度之範圍爲宜。此頂角之分 角α、/3係以稍微有差之場合其光利用效率變高較能提昇 輝度之關係，使分角α爲25〜40度，分角召爲25〜45度之 範圍，使分角α與/5之差的絕對値（| α -沒|)在〇.5〜10度較 好，再好爲1〜10度，更好爲1〜8度之範圍。尙且，使在 出射光輝度分布(ΧΖ面內）之峰値光向大略法線方向以外之 場合，係藉由調整稜鏡頂角之分角α、Θ，可取得在所期 望之方向具有峰値光之出射光輝度分布(ΧΖ面內）。 又，藉由使分角α爲20度以下也可使光利用效率變高 能提昇輝度。雖使分角α愈小愈能使光利用效率提高，分 角α過小時稜鏡列之頂角有變小之傾向而稜鏡層之製造方 法變爲困難之關係，分角α係在3〜15度之範圍較好，再 好爲ί〜10度之範圍。此種場合，爲使在出射光輝度分布(ΧΖ 面內）之峰値光在從法線方向±2度之範圍而要加以提昇法 線輝度時，使分度沒在35〜40度之範圍即可。 10833pif.doc/008 20 200306442 如此使分角α爲20度以下之場合，在稜鏡列之斷面形 狀連結稜鏡頂部與谷部之兩條直線長度的比（從光源較遠 側之直線長度L2對接近於光源側之直線長度L1之比 L2/L1)在1」倍以上較好。此係藉由使L2/L1爲1.1倍以 上時，可使從接近於一次光源側之稜鏡面所入射之光由從 一次光源較遠側之稜鏡面以有效率的受光，可使光利用效 率變高能提昇輝度之關係，再好爲1.15倍以上，更好係1.17 倍以上。一方面，L2/L1過大時稜鏡列之頂角有變小之傾 向而稜鏡薄層之製造變爲困難之關係，以1.3倍以下較好， 再好爲1.25倍以下，更好爲1.2倍以下。又，從一之光源 較遠側之直線長度L2對稜鏡列之間距Ρ之比(L2/P)由同 樣理由係以1.25倍以上較好，再好爲1.3倍以上，更好爲 1.4倍以上。一方面，此L2/P變成過大時，稜鏡列之頂角 有變小之傾向而稜鏡薄層之製造變成困難的關係，以1.8 倍以下較好，再好爲1.6倍以下，更好爲1.5倍以下。 又，本發明之光偏向元件，係如第17圖、第18圖所 例示在鄰接之稜鏡列間也可以形成比稜鏡列之傾斜角小的 傾斜角之凸形狀或平面（光透射領域）。藉由形成此種光透 射領域，可使從液晶面板側入射之外光57由此部份導入 光源裝置內，由鄰接配置於導光體背面之反射薄層（光反 射元件)5加以反射，藉由再向液晶面板側以出射光58加 以出射，外光也能有效加以利用。此時，爲維持由反射薄 層5所反射之外光的均一性，以在反射薄層附與微弱擴散 性，或在光偏向元件之出光面形成光擴散層，或在光偏向 10833pifdoc/008 21 200306442 元件之出光面載置光擴散薄層爲宜。又，外光之利用效率 變局時，對後照光之光利用效率變低之關係，必要考慮使 用形態以決定光透射領域之比率。例如，光透射領域之寬 度係以稜鏡列之間距的20〜50%之範圍較好，再好爲 20〜40%之範圍。對光透射領域係可舉如第17圖所示之平 面形狀領域59，如第18圖所示之曲面形狀領域60或多角 柱面形狀領域等。其中，以藉由使光透射領域爲多角柱面 形狀或曲面形狀’可控制外光之反射之關係爲較好。 在本發明之光偏向元件，使光加以聚光出射時從導光 體之出射光的光度分布以強烈反映之關係，從光偏向元件 之出光面之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）在法線方向前後之角 度係有成爲非對稱之傾向。使第二稜鏡面45由一個曲面 加以構成之場合，導光體之光入射面側之出射光輝度分布 (XZ面內）係以急劇低降，從法線方向觀察時可視認在有效 視野角範圍之強烈的非對稱性。因此，在本發明，藉由使 稜鏡面由傾斜角相異之複數平面或凸曲面加以構成時，可 緩和如上述之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）的非對稱性。即， 出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）之非對稱性係如19圖所示，可 由從光偏向元件所出射之出射光的輝度分布(XZ面內）之峰 値角度與輝度成爲峰値光之輝度（峰値輝度）的1/2之角度 的差之絕對値（寬度）△ 0 a、△ 0 b彼此之差的絕對値（| △ 6>a-Z\ 0b | )加以定義。從而，以使此丨△ Θα-Δ 0b | 成爲9度以下，藉由調整構成稜鏡面之平面或凸曲面的傾 斜角，可加以緩和出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）之非對稱性。 10833pif.doc/008 22 200306442 此丨△ 0 a-Δ 0 b I再好爲6度以下，更好在4度以下之 範圍。藉由使I △ 0 a-Δ Θ b |爲9度以下時視認性大略 變成良好，藉由爲4度以下時幾乎不感覺起因於非對稱性 之不快感。 更且，在本發明之光偏向元件4，如第20圖所示，有 可能生起第一稜鏡面44之平面在形成稜鏡列圖案時所發 生由彎曲等之形狀變化（從連結稜鏡列之頂部與底部的平 面之位移）的場合。在此種平面之位移大的場合會影響光 偏向元件4之光學特性的關係，以使位移抑制成微小爲宜。 即，從連結稜鏡列之頂部與底部的平面之稜鏡面之位移中 之最大距離S對稜鏡列之間距P之比率（S/P)以0.008以下 較好，再好爲0.0065以下，更好爲0.005以下之範圍。此 種大略平面之變形係主要起因於形成稜鏡列圖案時重合收 縮的影響之關係，預先使由重合收縮之變形程度加以定量 化，再以能使其相抵的方式加以設計金屬模型之稜鏡列形 狀爲宜。 在本發明，具有如上述之凸曲面形狀部之稜鏡面係以 形成於從一次光源1較遠側之面（第二稜鏡面45)爲宜。藉 此，從導光體3之端面32也配置一次光源之場合的光偏 向元件4所出射之光的出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）可使成爲 充份囊小的分布。具有凸曲面形狀部之稜鏡面係例如在導 光體3傳導之光，在與光入射面31相反側之端面32經反 射而返回之比率較高的場合或，在導光體3所對向之兩個 10833pif.doc/008 23 200306442 端面各配置一次光源的場合，在近於一次光源1側之稜鏡 面（第一稜鏡面44)也以具有同樣之凸曲面形狀部之稜鏡面 爲宜。一方面，在導光體3傳導之光，在與光入射面31 反相側之端面32經反射而返回之比率比較低的場合，近 於一次光源側之稜鏡面係可成爲大略之平面。又，本發明 之光偏向元件4，係以使其稜鏡列之頂部的任何一側由大 略之平面構成爲宜。可以正確加以形成爲形成稜鏡列之成 形用模型構件的形狀轉移面之形狀，在導光體3載置光偏 向元件4時可抑止粘附製品缺陷（sticking)現象之發生。 如此，藉由使如上述之光偏向元件4，以其稜鏡列形 成面能成爲入光面側之方式加以載置於導光體3之光出射 面33上時，可使從導光體3之光出射面33所出射之指向 性出射光的出射光光度分布(XZ面內）更狹窄，可圖謀光源 裝置之高輝度化、狹視野化。如此從光偏向元件4之出射 光的輝度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度係以在5〜25度之範 圍較好，再好爲10〜20度之範圍，更好係在12〜18度之範 圍。此係，藉由使此出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅 度爲5度以上時可消除由極端狹視野化所引起之畫像等之 難視情形，藉由爲25度以下時可圖謀高輝度化與狹視野 化之關係。 在#本發明之光偏向元件4之狹視野化係受從導光體3 之光出射面33的出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之分散程度（半 値全幅度）影響的關係，從光偏向元件4之出光面42的出 10833pif.doc/008 24 200306442 射光輝度分布（xz面內）之半値全幅度A之對從導光體3 的光出射面33之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度 B的比率，也由從導光體3之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）的 半値全幅度B而變。例如，從導光體3之出射光光度分布 (XZ面內）的半値全幅度B未滿26度之場合，半値全幅度 A爲半値全幅度B之30〜95%之範圍較好，再好爲30〜80% 之範圍，更好係在30〜70%之範圍。又，從導光體3之出 射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度B爲26度以上之場 合，半値全幅度A爲半値全幅度B之30〜80%之範圍較好， 再好爲30〜70%之範圍，更好係在30〜60%之範圍。特別， 從導光體3之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度B 爲26〜36度之場合，半値全幅度A爲半値全幅度B之 30〜80%的範圍較好，再好爲30〜70%之範圍，更好係在 30〜60%之範圍。更且，從導光體3之出射光光度分布(XZ 面內）之半値全幅度B超過36度之場合，半値全幅度A爲 半値全幅度B之30〜70%之範圍較好，再好爲30〜60%之範 圍，更好係在30〜50%之範圍。200306442 发明 Description of the invention: TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to a light source device of an edge light method and a light deflection element used in the light source device, and is composed of a notebook personal computer, an LCD television, and a mobile phone. In particular, liquid crystal display devices, such as information terminals, which are used as display units, are particularly related to the improvement of light deflection elements arranged on the light exit surface side of the light guide. Prior art In recent years, 'color liquid crystal display devices have been used to carry monitors such as notebook personal computers or personal computers, or liquid crystal televisions or video-type liquid crystal televisions, mobile phones, and carry information. Display units such as terminals are used in various fields. In addition, with the increase in the amount of information processing and the diversification of demand, corresponding to multimedia, etc., large-screen and high-definition liquid crystal display devices are prevailing. The liquid crystal display device is basically composed of a back light portion and a liquid crystal display element portion. The backlight unit is a side-lighting system in which a light source is arranged directly below the liquid crystal display element unit or an edge-lighting mode in which the light source is arranged opposite to the side end face of the light guide. From the viewpoint of miniaturization of the liquid crystal display device, edge-lighting is often used. the way. However, in recent years, a display device with a comparatively small screen size has a narrower viewing direction range, such as a liquid crystal display device used in a display section of a mobile phone. From the viewpoint of reducing power consumption, it is effective to illuminate the backlight section after the edge illumination method. Use the amount of light emitted from the primary light source, and make the divergence angle of the beam emitted from the screen as small as possible, so that the light is focused on the desired 10833pif. doc / 008 6 200306442. A light source device is used in such a display device with a limited range of viewing directions. In order to improve the utilization efficiency of the light quantity of a primary light source and reduce power consumption to concentrate light emission in a relatively narrow range, the applicant of this case is in Japan Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-143515 proposes to use a prism sheet having a pseudo-formation surface on both sides of the light-emitting surface adjacent to the light guide. The two sides of the thin layer are formed on the light-incident surface of one side and the light-emitting surface of the other side to form a plurality of parallel queues parallel to each other, so that the directions of the light-incident surface and the light-emitting surface are aligned and aligned with each other. Placed at the corresponding position. Thereby, the light exiting from the light guide body can face the light exiting surface in an oblique direction, so that it can have an exiting light peak, which is distributed in a range of suitable angles, from the light entrance surface of the thin layer. The plane of one side that is incident on the plane of the other side is reflected by the inner side, and is more refracted by the plane of the light-emitting side, so that the light can be concentratedly emitted in a relatively narrow desired direction. According to this kind of light source device, although it can concentrate the emission in a narrow angle range, it is necessary to use a thin layer of light deflection element to make a plurality of lines parallel to each other on the two sides, in the direction of the light incident surface and the light emitting surface. Such forming is complicated because they are aligned in parallel with each other at corresponding positions. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The object of the present invention is to provide a light deflecting element and a light source device, which make the distribution control of the emitted light very narrow, and can improve the utilization efficiency of the light amount of the primary light source (that is, to concentrate the light emitted from the primary light source to the desired viewing direction). The efficiency of the light emission becomes higher) and the light deflection element and the light source device which are easy to improve the quality of the illumination for image formation with a simplified structure. 10833pif. doc / 008 7 200306442 The light deflecting element of the present invention has a light incident surface and a light outgoing surface. Wherein, the light incident surface makes light incident, and the light emitting surface is located on the opposite side of the light incident surface and emits incident light. It is characterized in that the light incident surface is a series of two planes formed by two planes to mutually It is roughly arranged in parallel and plural. The plane of at least one side of the queue is composed of two planes with different inclination angles. The closer the position is to the plane on the light emitting surface side, the larger the inclination angle is, and the position is closest to the light emitting surface. The difference between the inclination angle of the plane and the inclination angle of the plane furthest from the light emitting surface is 15 degrees or less. In addition, the light-deflecting element of the present invention has a light-incident surface and a light-exit surface, wherein the light-incident surface makes light incident, and the light-exposure surface is located on the opposite side of the light-incident surface and allows incident light to be emitted. The light-incident surface is a queue composed of two planes, which are arranged roughly in parallel with each other. At least one of the planes of the train is composed of three planes with different inclination angles. The closer the position is to the above, The greater the inclination angle of the plane on the light emitting surface side. Also, the light deflection element of the present invention has a light incident surface and a light emitting surface, wherein the light incident surface makes light incident, and the light emitting surface is located on the opposite side of the light incident surface and allows incident light to be emitted. The above-mentioned light-incident surface is composed of two queues, which are arranged in parallel with each other. The queues of at least one of the queues are composed of two convex curved surfaces with different inclination angles. The greater the inclination angle of the convex curved surface on the light emitting surface side. Also, the "light deflection element of the present invention" uses one surface as a light incident surface and the opposite side surface as a light emitting surface. A plurality of lines formed side by side are formed on the light incident surface. The column system has a first prism surface [two second surfaces of the second surface, at least the position of the second surface is above 10833 pif. doc / 008 8 200306442 A part of the top side of the queue is composed of a substantially flat surface, and the other part located on the light emitting surface side is a light polarizing element having a convex curved shape. The ratio (h / H) of the height (h) from the top to the convex curved shape portion to the height (H) of the above-mentioned queue is 25 to 60%. Furthermore, the light source device of the present invention includes a primary light source, a light guide, and the above-mentioned light deflecting element, wherein the light guide system guides light emitted by the primary light source and has a function of directing light from the primary light source. The emitted light is incident on the incident light surface and the incident light is emitted by the light-guiding light. The light deflection element is disposed adjacent to the light-emitting surface of the light guide. As described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light source device in which at least one of the planes formed in the queue of the light incident surface of the light deflection element is composed of a plurality of planes or convex curved surfaces having different inclination angles. The light emitted from the primary light source can be concentratedly emitted in the direction to be observed with high efficiency (the utilization efficiency of the light amount of the primary light source). In addition, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light source device in which at least one of the ridges formed on the light incident surface of the light deflecting element is formed from a substantially flat portion on the light incident surface side and a convex curved surface on the light emitting surface side. When the shape part is formed, the light emitted from the primary light source can be concentratedly emitted in a desired observation direction, and the light-emitting surface of the light deflection element can be simplified with a flat surface and can be easily formed. In order to make the above principles and other objects, features and advantages of the present invention more comprehensible, a preferred embodiment is exemplified below, and in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, a detailed description is as follows: 10833pif. doc / 008 9 200306442 Embodiments Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 1 is a schematic perspective view showing an embodiment of a surface light source device according to the present invention. As shown in Fig. 1, the surface light source device of the present invention is composed of a light guide 3, a primary light source 1, a light deflecting element 4, a light diffusing element 6, and a light reflecting element 5. Among them, the light guide 3 has at least one end surface as a light incident surface 31, and a surface substantially orthogonal to the light guide 3 as a light exit surface 33. The primary light source 1 is a light incident surface disposed opposite to the light guide 3 31 Covered by light source reflector 2; light deflection element 4 is arranged on the light exit surface of light guide 3; light diffusion element 6 is arranged on the light exit surface of light deflection element 4; light reflection element 5 is The back surface 34 is arranged opposite to the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3. The light guide 3 is arranged parallel to the XY plane, and the entire light guide 3 has a rectangular plate shape. The light guide 3 has four side end surfaces, of which at least one end surface of a pair of side end surfaces parallel to the YZ plane is the light incident surface 31. The light incident surface 31 is arranged to face the light source 1, and the light emitted from the light source 1 is incident into the light guide body 3 from the light incident surface 31. In the present invention, for example, a light source may be disposed opposite to the other side end surface, such as the side end surface 32 facing the incident surface 31. The two principal surfaces that are approximately orthogonal to the light incident surface 31 of the light guide 3 are at positions substantially parallel to the XY plane, and the principal surface (the upper side in the figure) of either one is the light exit surface 33. On at least one of the light exiting surface 33 and the back surface 34, a directional light exiting function is provided to allow the light incident from the light incident surface 31 to exit the light while guiding the light in the light guide 3 The surface 33 is such that the light beam 10833pif is emitted in a plane (XZ plane) orthogonal to the light incidence plane 31 and the light exit plane 33. doc / 008 10 200306442 A directional light with a degree distribution is emitted. Among them, the directional light emitting function part is a directional light emitting function part or a ridge line formed by a rough surface, a lenticular lens line, a V-shaped groove in a cross section, and most of the lens lines and a light incident surface. 31 is formed approximately in parallel with lens surfaces formed side by side. When the angle between the peak direction of the photometric distribution of the outgoing light in the XZ plane and the light exit surface 33 is a ', this angle a is preferably 10 to 40 degrees, and half of the photometric distribution of the outgoing light The full range is preferably 10 ~ 40 degrees. The rough surface or lens array formed on the surface of the light guide 3 is an average inclination angle 0 a of IS04287 / 1-1984 to be 0. In the range of 5 to 15 degrees, it is good to view the uniformity of the luminance in the plot light exit surface 33. The average tilt angle 0 a is preferably in the range of 1 to 2 degrees, and more preferably in the range of 1. 5 to 11 degrees. This average inclination angle 0a is determined by setting the optimum range from the ratio (L / t) of the thickness ⑴ of the light guide 3 to the length (L) of the incident light transmission direction. That is, in the case where the light guide 3 uses L / t of about 20 to 200, the average tilt Θ a is 0. 5 ~ 7. It is better at 5 degrees, and it is better to be in the range of 1 to 5 degrees, and it is better to be 1. 5 to 4 degrees. When the light guide 3 has an L / t of about 20 or less, the average inclination 0 a is preferably 7 to 12 degrees, and even more preferably 8 to 11 degrees. The average inclination angle 0 a of the rough surface formed on the light guide 3 is based on IS04287 / 1-1984, and the rough surface shape is measured using a stylus type surface roughness meter. The coordinate of the measurement direction is X, and the obtained tilt function f (x) It can be calculated using the following formulae (1) and (2). Here, L is the measured length, and Δα is the tangent of the average tilt angle 0 a. △ a two (1 / L) f | (d / dx) f⑴dx. . . . . . . . . . . (1) 10833pif. doc / 008 11 200306442 Θ a = tan ι (Δ a). . . . . . . . . . . . ⑺ Further, ′ pair of light guides 3 is at a light emission rate of 0. The range of 5 to 5% is better, and it is more preferably in the range of 1 to 3%. This is because the light emission rate is less than 0. When 5%, the amount of light emitted from the light guide 3 decreases, and there is a tendency to fail to obtain sufficient luminance. When the light emission rate is greater than 5%, a large amount of light is emitted near the primary light source 丨 near the light, and the light in the X direction in the light exit surface 33 The attenuation is significant, and the uniformity of the luminance at the light exit surface 33 has a tendency to decrease. In this way, the light emission rate of the light guide 3 is set to 0. When it is 5 to 5%, the peak-to-light angle (peak-to-peak angle) of the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light-emitting surface can be adjusted to 50-80 degrees to the normal of the light-emitting surface. Range, the half of the luminous intensity distribution of the emitted light has a full width of 10 to 40 degrees, and the light with high directivity and outgoing characteristics is emitted from the light guide 3, and the outgoing direction can be efficiently deflected by the light deflection element 4, which can provide Surface light source element with high brightness. In the present invention, the light emission rate from the light guide 3 can be defined as follows. The relationship between the light intensity (I) of the outgoing light at the end edge of the light incident surface 31 side of the light exit surface 33 and the light intensity (I) from the end edge of the light incident surface 31 side to the position L, When the thickness (dimensions in the Z direction) of the light body 3 is t, the relationship of the following formula (3) is satisfied. Ι = Ι〇α (l-α) L / t ------- (3) Here, the constant α is the light emission rate, which is in the X direction which is orthogonal to the light exit surface 33 and the light incidence surface 3Ί. The ratio (%) of the unit length (the length corresponding to the thickness t of the light guide) of emitting light from the light guide 3. This light emission rate α is obtained by taking the logarithm of the light intensity of the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 on the vertical axis ′ in the horizontal 12 10833 pif. doc / 008 200306442 The axis (L / t) can be obtained from the slope by plotting the relationship. In addition, the other main surfaces that are not attached to the directional light emitting function are formed in a direction substantially perpendicular to the incident surface 31 in order to control the directivity of the plane (YZ plane) parallel to the light source 1 that emits light from the light guide 3. (X direction) It is preferable to extend the lens surface which is arrange | positioned by many lens rows. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, a rough surface is formed on the light exit surface 33 and a lens surface composed of an array of a plurality of lens rows is formed on the back surface 34 in a direction substantially perpendicular to the light incidence surface 31 (X direction). In the present invention, in contrast to the configuration shown in Fig. 1, a lens surface may be formed on the light emitting surface 33, and the rear surface 34 may be rough. As shown in FIG. 1, when the lens array is formed on the back surface 34 or the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3, the lens array can be a ridge array extending approximately in the X direction, and a V-shaped groove of a lenticular lens array. Etc. It is preferable that the shape of the YZ cross-section is a substantially triangular shape. In the present invention, when the lens rows of the light guide 3 form a prism row, the vertex angle is preferably in a range of 70 to 150 degrees. In this case, when the apex angle is within this range, the light emitted from the light guide 3 can be sufficiently condensed, and the brightness of the surface light source device can be sufficiently improved. That is, when the vertex angle of the radon is within this range, the peak radon light included in the photometric distribution of the emitted light (in the XZ plane) can be made to have a full width of half a unit of the photometric distribution of the emitted light on a plane perpendicular to the XZ plane. The emitted light condensed at 65 degrees is emitted, and the brightness of the surface light source device can be improved. In addition, when the queuing is formed on the light exit surface 33, the apex angle is preferably in a range of 80 to 100 degrees. When the queuing is formed on the back surface 34, the apex is 70 to 80 degrees or 100. A range of ~ 150 degrees is appropriate. 10833pif. doc / 008 13 200306442 In the present invention, instead of forming the light emitting function portion on the light emitting surface 33 or the back surface 34 as described above, or in accordance with the present invention, dispersed light diffusing fine particles are mixed in the light guide. With attached directional ejection function. The light guide 3 is not limited to the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 1, and various cross-sectional shapes such as a wedge shape and a boat shape may be used. Fig. 2 is an explanatory diagram of the shape of the array of light deflection elements 4. The light deflection element 4 has one of the main surfaces as the light incident surface 41 and the other surface as the light exit surface 42. The light incident surface 41 is roughly arranged in parallel by a plurality of queues, and each queue is composed of two first surfaces 44 and two second surfaces 45. Among them, the first diaphragm 44 is at a position on the light source side. The second condyle surface 45 is located farther from the light source. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the first plane 4 and the plane 4 are planes, and the second plane 45 is composed of three planes 46 to 48 having mutually different inclination angles. The plane closer to the light exit plane is inclined. The larger the angle. Among the planes 46 to 48, the difference between the inclination angles of the plane 48 closest to the light emitting surface and the plane 46 furthest from the light emitting surface is 15 degrees or less. Moreover, the inclination angles of the planes of the present invention are the inclination angles of the planes forming the plane 43 of the train. The light deflecting element 4 of the present invention is constituted by making the second slanting surface 45 from at least two planes having mutually different inclination angles. The closer the inclination angle of this plane is, the light emitting surface becomes larger. When the difference between the inclination angles of the farthest planes is 15 degrees or less, an extremely high light-concentrating effect can be exhibited, and the light source device can obtain extremely high brightness. The difference between the inclination angle of the plane closest to the light emitting surface and the plane furthest from the light emitting surface is 0. A range of 5 to 10 degrees is preferable, and a range of 1 to 7 degrees is more preferable. Moreover, the planes having different inclination angles form three 10833pif. In the case of doc / 008 14 200306442 or more, the difference between the inclination angles is preferably within the above range, but it is not particularly limited to this range. Further, when the second diaphragm 45 has such a structure, it is possible to easily design a deflection element having a desired light condensing property, and at the same time, it is possible to stably manufacture a light deflection element having a certain optical characteristic. Next, the shape of the face of the light-deflecting element of the present invention will be described. Figures 3 to 14 consist of two planes with plane planes and a vertex angle of 65. The conventional light deflection element of 4 degrees makes the light with a peak angle of 20 degrees from the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of light emitted from the light guide, on the two sides of the light incident surface and the light exit surface of the light guide. The square surface is a vertical plane, which indicates the type of output photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) from which the light is deflected to the element. Figures 3 to 12 show a state in which the incident light incident from the first plane is totally reflected from the second plane and emitted from the light-emitting surface 42. The second plane is divided into ten regions equally in the X direction. (Area) The photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from each area is shown. The ten areas are Parti, Part2, " starting from the top of the 稜鏡. PartlO 〇 The photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the entire light emitted by the total reflection on the second plane is as shown in Figure 13. The peak light is emitted in the direction of the normal, and has a degree of 22 degrees. Half a full width. However, when observing the luminous intensity distribution (in the χζ plane) of each area of Parti to PartlO, the peak angle is about -9 degrees for parti and part2 (negative angles are expressed as 0 degrees in the normal direction) When it is tilted in the direction of the primary light source), the light is emitted near the part 3 ~ Part7 series, and the peak light is shifted to 0 degrees (normal direction). Then, for Part8 ~ Part10, it can be seen that the peak light is sequentially shifted to the positive angle direction. The area (PartlO) closest to the light-emitting surface 43 is emitted by total reflection 15 10833 pif. The peak angle of doc / 008 200306442 is 7 degrees, and the peak angle of the second plane (partl ~ partl0) has a width of 16 degrees. The intensity of the light from the peaks of each area gradually decreases from Parti to PartlO. In this way, it can be seen that the light emitted from a plane composed of a plane through total reflection depends on the total reflection area of the plane and is dispersed over a wide range. By making the peak light of the luminous intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of each area, and adjusting the inclination angle of each area, when the peak angle is emitted in the same direction in the whole area, most of the The emitted light is emitted in a concentrated direction. At this time, the inclination angles of the planes in each region are in the order from parti to partl0, and the closer the inclination angles of the planes in the region closer to the light-emitting surface 42 are, the larger. In this way, by adjusting the inclination angles of the planes in each region, as shown in FIG. 14, the outgoing light that is totally reflected on the entire plane can be focused in a certain direction, and light with high directivity and high peak intensity can be applied. Shoot out. Although at least two regions are used to divide the plane, if the number of regions (the number of planes with different inclination angles) is too small, the light-concentrating property from the light deflection element is lowered, which tends to impair the brightness enhancement effect. The relationship is preferably more than three, more preferably more than five, more preferably more than six. Moreover, when the number of regions is two, in order to suppress the degradation of the light-concentrating characteristic to a certain extent, it is necessary to use a difference between the inclination angles of the two planes below 15 degrees, and 0. A range of 5 to 10 degrees is preferred, and a range of 1 to 7 degrees is even better. When the number of regions is three or more, the difference between the inclination angle of the plane closest to the light emitting surface and the inclination angle of the plane furthest from the light emitting surface is better than 15 degrees, and it is 0. . 5 to 10 degrees, more preferably 1 to 7 degrees. 10833pif. doc / 008 16 200306442 On the one hand, when the number of this area is increased, the relationship between the peak angle and the angle can be adjusted on the plane. Although it can improve the overall concentration, it is necessary to form a plane with a small tilt angle. It becomes difficult to obtain a light deflection element having a certain optical characteristic in a stable manner while designing or manufacturing a cutting blade (bhe) for cutting a metal model that forms the light deflection element. Therefore, the number of regions formed on the concrete surface is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. Although the division of this plane is preferably divided equally, it does not need to be divided equally. It can be adjusted according to the desired luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the entire plane. In addition, the widths of the planes having different inclination angles (the lengths of the plane portions of the cross-section) are in the range of 4 to 47%, and more preferably 6 to 30%. , More preferably in the range of 7 to 20%. In the present invention, for example, as shown in Figs. 15 and 16, at least one of the planes having different inclination angles as described above may be a convex curved surface, or the entire plane may be a convex curved surface. In FIG. 15, the second condyle surface 45 is divided into four regions, and is composed of three planes 49 to 51 and a convex curved surface 52. In Fig. 16, the second condyle surface 45 is divided into two regions, and is composed of two convex curved surfaces 53 and 54 having different shapes. In the figure, 55 is a non-circular shape that determines the shape of the curved surface 53, and 56 is a circular shape that determines the shape of the curved surface 54. It is also possible to construct a curved surface that divides the boundary of each region of the second surface 45. In this case, the curved surface system can slightly deviate from the boundary of each region when it does not cause a significant decrease in luminance. For example, the deviation of the ratio of the passing position of the curved surface (the distance from the top of the ridge) to the ratio of the distance between the prism columns to the ratio of the regional boundary can be less than 4%, preferably less than 2%, more preferably 10833pifdoc / 008 17 200306442. In the range of 1% or less, and in the present invention, the inclination angle of the convex curved surface is an average of the inclination angles of the entire position of a convex curved surface. In this way, the number of areas can be smaller when the convex surface is formed with plural convex curved surfaces with different inclination angles than when the plane is formed with different inclined angles, and the number of areas from 2 to 10 can be used. Fortunately, it is in the range of 2-8. However, when the number of regions is too small, it is difficult to adjust the design of each convex surface of the desired luminous intensity distribution (in the XZ plane). The number of regions is preferably in the range of 3 to 8. Moreover, the shape of the convex curved surface can be such that the shape of the XZ cross section is a circular arc or a non-circular arc. In addition, when the convex surface is formed by a plurality of convex curved surfaces, it is preferable that the shapes of the convex surfaces are different. Although the convex curved surface of the cross-sectional arc shape and the convex curved surface of the non-arc cross-section can be combined, at least the A convex surface is preferably a non-circular cross section. Combining a plurality of convex curved surfaces with a cross-sectional arc shape can also change the curvature of each convex curved surface. Non-arc shapes can be part of an elliptical shape, part of a parabolic shape, and so on. Furthermore, the convex surface is preferably a ratio of the radius of curvature ⑴ to the distance (P) between the lines (r / P) in the range of 2 to 50, more preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 10. Range. When this r / P is less than 2, and exceeds 50, the light-condensing characteristics cannot be fully exhibited, and the brightness tends to decrease. Such planes and convex curved surfaces with different inclination angles make the peak-to-angle angles of the outgoing luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) when the planes and convex curved surfaces are totally reflected by the light from the light-emitting surface, although they can become a certain angle. Designed, this peak angle is not necessarily a certain angle, but all peak angles can be designed within 15 degrees, 10833 pif below 10 degrees. doc / 008 18 200306442 It is better to be below 7 degrees, and more preferably to be below 5 degrees. In addition, as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 12, the intensity of the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light exit surface through the total reflection from the Parti to Part5 areas, It is a relationship that accounts for more than 75% of the intensity of the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light emitting surface by the total reflection of the entire plane. Concentrating in the desired direction becomes particularly important. Therefore, when the height of the queue from the top of the queue is h and the height of the entire queue is Η, the plane or convex having different inclination angles in the area where the h / h becomes at least 60% of the height h It is better to form at least two curved surfaces, and even better to form three or more. In the field of height h, it is better for h / H to be 50%, and it is better to be less than 40%. In addition, if the area to the height h is too small, there is a tendency that sufficient light-concentrating characteristics cannot be obtained, and at the same time, the manufacture of metal models becomes complicated, and h / H is preferably 20% or more. In this case, the number of areas in the area to the height h is preferably in the range of 3 to 8, more preferably in the range of 3 to 6, and more preferably in the range of 3 to 4. In addition, when the plane is composed of a complex plane or a convex curved surface having different inclination angles, in order to ensure sufficient light focusing characteristics, an imaginary plane Q connecting the top and bottom (valley) of the train (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 15. Figure 16) The ratio of the maximum distance d from the complex plane or convex surface (the actual plane) to the distance (P) between the queues (d / P) is 0. 4 ~ 5% is better. The d / P is less than 0. When 4% or more than 5%, there is a tendency that the light-concentrating property is low, and there is a tendency that a sufficient brightness improvement cannot be attempted, and it is preferably 0. 4 ~ 3% range, more preferably 0. 7 ~ 2. 2% 10833pif. doc / 008 19 200306442. In the present invention, when considering the condensing characteristics or light utilization efficiency, the apex angle of the queue is preferably 35 to 80 degrees, more preferably 35 to 70 degrees, and more preferably 40 to 70 degrees. range. In addition, the left and right sub-angles of the normal to the apex angle (the inclination angle of the normals of the two M 稜鏡 planes) α, / 5 can be the same or different, which can effectively improve the direction of the approximate normal. (When the normal direction is 0 degree, it is within the range of ± 10 degrees in the XZ plane.) For the brightness, it is appropriate to set a different angle. In this case, it is preferable to set the division angle of the position on the light source side to 40 degrees or less' Α system is in the range of 25 to 50 degrees. The angles α and / 3 of this apex angle are related to the situation where the light utilization efficiency becomes higher and the brightness can be improved in the case of a slight difference. The angle α is 25 to 40 degrees, and the angle is 25 to 45 degrees. , So that the absolute difference between the difference angle α and / 5 (| α-not |) is at 〇. 5 to 10 degrees is preferable, 1 to 10 degrees is more preferable, and a range of 1 to 8 degrees is more preferable. In addition, when the peak light of the outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XY plane) is out of the approximate normal direction, by adjusting the angles α and Θ of the vertex angle, it is possible to obtain Luminance distribution of the peak light (in the XZ plane). Further, by setting the division angle α to 20 degrees or less, the light utilization efficiency can be increased, and the luminance can be improved. Although the smaller the fractional angle α, the better the light utilization efficiency. If the fractional angle α is too small, the apex angle of the queue tends to become smaller, and the manufacturing method of the layer becomes difficult. The fractional angle α is 3 A range of ~ 15 degrees is preferable, and a range of ∼10 degrees is more preferable. In this case, in order to increase the normal luminance in order to increase the peak luminance of the outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XY plane) within a range of ± 2 degrees from the normal direction, make the graduation not within the range of 35 to 40 degrees. Just fine. 10833pif. doc / 008 20 200306442 When the sub-angle α is less than 20 degrees, the ratio of the length of the two straight lines connecting the top and the trough of the line in the cross-sectional shape of the queue (the straight line length L2 from the far side of the light source is It is preferable that the ratio L2 / L1) of the straight line length L1 near the light source side is 1 ”or more. This is done by setting L2 / L1 to 1. When it is more than 1 time, the light incident from the plane near the side of the primary light source can be efficiently received from the plane near the far side of the primary light source, the light utilization efficiency can be increased, and the relationship of brightness can be improved. For 1. 15 times or more, preferably 1. 17 times more. On the one hand, when L2 / L1 is too large, the apex angle of the queue becomes smaller and the manufacture of thin layers becomes difficult. With 1. Less than 3 times is better, and even better is 1. 25 times or less, preferably 1. 2 times or less. In addition, the ratio of the straight line length L2 from the far side of the light source to the distance P between the queues (L2 / P) is 1. for the same reason. 25 times or better is better, even better is 1. 3 times or more, preferably 1. 4 times or more. On the one hand, when this L2 / P becomes too large, the apex angle of the queue tends to become smaller and the manufacture of the thin layer becomes difficult. With 1. 8 times or less is better, and even better is 1. 6 times or less, preferably 1. 5 times or less. Moreover, the light deflecting element of the present invention is a convex shape or a plane having a tilt angle smaller than the tilt angle of the queues between adjacent queues as exemplified in FIGS. 17 and 18 (light transmission field). ). By forming such a light transmission area, external light 57 incident from the liquid crystal panel side can be introduced into the light source device, and reflected by a reflective thin layer (light reflecting element) 5 disposed adjacent to the back of the light guide. By emitting light 58 to the liquid crystal panel side, external light can be effectively used. At this time, in order to maintain the uniformity of the light reflected by the reflective thin layer 5, to attach a weak diffusivity to the reflective thin layer, or to form a light diffusion layer on the light exit surface of the light deflection element, or to deflection the light 10833pifdoc / 008 21 200306442 It is advisable to place a light diffusing layer on the light emitting surface of the device. In addition, when the utilization efficiency of external light is changed, the relationship between the utilization efficiency of the backlight light and the use efficiency must be considered to determine the ratio of the light transmission area. For example, the width of the light transmission field is preferably in the range of 20 to 50% of the distance between the lines, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 40%. The light transmission area may be a flat shape area 59 as shown in FIG. 17, a curved shape area 60 as shown in FIG. 18, or a polygonal cylindrical shape area. Among them, it is preferable to control the reflection of external light by making the light transmission area a polygonal cylindrical shape or a curved surface shape. In the light-deflecting element of the present invention, when the light is focused and emitted, the light intensity distribution of the light emitted from the light guide body is strongly reflected, and the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light-deflecting surface of the element is in the method The angle between the front and back of the line direction tends to become asymmetric. When the second sloping surface 45 is constituted by a curved surface, the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light incident surface side of the light guide body decreases sharply, and it can be seen at the effective viewing angle when viewed from the normal direction. Strong asymmetry in scope. Therefore, in the present invention, the asymmetry of the outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) as described above can be alleviated when the 稜鏡 plane is constituted by a complex plane or a convex curved surface having different inclination angles. That is, the asymmetry of the emitted light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) is as shown in FIG. 19, and the peak-angle angle and the luminance of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the outgoing light emitted from the light deflection element can be peak-radiated light. The absolute difference 宽度 (width) of the angle difference of 1/2 of the luminance (peak brightness) Δ 0 a, △ 0 b is defined as the absolute difference | (| △ 6 > aZ \ 0b |) of the difference between each other. Therefore, in order to make this 丨 △ Θα-Δ 0b | be 9 degrees or less, the asymmetry of the emission luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) can be alleviated by adjusting the inclination angle of the plane or convex surface constituting the 稜鏡 plane. 10833pif. doc / 008 22 200306442 This △ 0 a-Δ 0 b I is preferably no more than 6 degrees, and more preferably no more than 4 degrees. When I Δ 0 a-Δ θ b | is 9 degrees or less, the visibility becomes better, and when it is 4 degrees or less, the unpleasant feeling due to asymmetry is hardly felt. Furthermore, in the light deflecting element 4 of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 20, the shape of the plane of the first ridge surface 44 may be changed by bending or the like when the ridge pattern is formed (from the connecting ridge). (The displacement of the top and bottom planes). When the displacement of such a plane is large, the relationship between the optical characteristics of the light deflecting element 4 is affected, and it is desirable to suppress the displacement to be small. That is, the ratio of the maximum distance S in the displacement from the plane of the plane connecting the top and bottom of the queue to the distance P between the queues (S / P) is 0. 008 or less is better, and even better is 0. 0065 or less, preferably 0. The range is less than 005. This roughly flat deformation is mainly due to the relationship between the effects of coincidence shrinkage when forming a queue pattern. The degree of deformation from the coincidence shrinkage is quantified in advance, and the metal model is designed in a way that makes it compatible. The column shape is appropriate. In the present invention, it is preferable that the concrete surface having the convexly curved shape portion as described above is formed on a surface (second concrete surface 45) farther from the primary light source 1. Thereby, when the primary light source is also arranged from the end surface 32 of the light guide body 3, the outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light deflection element 4 can be sufficiently small. The concrete surface having the convex curved shape portion is, for example, a case where the light transmitted through the light guide 3 has a high ratio of reflection and return at the end surface 32 on the side opposite to the light incident surface 31, or is opposite to the light guide 3 Two of 10833pif. doc / 008 23 200306442 When the primary light source is arranged on each of the end faces, it is preferable to use a concrete surface having the same convex curved shape portion on the concrete surface (first concrete surface 44) near the primary light source 1 side. On the one hand, when the ratio of the light transmitted by the light guide 3 to the end surface 32 on the opposite side of the light incident surface 31 is reflected and returned, the surface near the primary light source side can become a rough plane. The light deflecting element 4 of the present invention is preferably configured such that either side of the top of the queue is made of a substantially flat surface. The shape can be accurately formed to form the shape-transferring surface of the forming model member for the formation of a line, and the occurrence of sticking can be suppressed when the light guide 3 places the light deflection element 4. As described above, when the light deflection element 4 as described above is placed on the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3 so that its queuing formation surface can become the light incident surface side, the light can be removed from the light guide. The light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the directional light emitted from the light emitting surface 33 of 3 is narrower, and it is possible to achieve high brightness and narrow field of view of the light source device. In this way, the full width of the half of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light deflection element 4 is preferably in the range of 5 to 25 degrees, more preferably in the range of 10 to 20 degrees, and more preferably in the range of 12 to 18. Range of degrees. In this system, when the full width of the half brightness of the emitted light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) is 5 degrees or more, the difficult-to-see situations such as portraits caused by extremely narrow field of vision can be eliminated, and when it is 25 degrees or less, The relationship between high brightness and narrow vision. The narrow field of view of the present invention's light deflecting element 4 is influenced by the degree of dispersion (semi-full range) of the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3, and the light deflection The output of the light-emitting surface 42 of element 4 is 10833 pif. doc / 008 24 200306442 The ratio of the half-magnitude full amplitude A of the luminous intensity distribution (in the xz plane) to the half-magnitude full amplitude B of the luminous intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light exit surface 33 from the light guide 3 is also given by The light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light guide 3 is changed to half the full amplitude B. For example, in the case where the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the semi-radial full width B is less than 26 degrees from the light guide 3, the semi-radial full width A is preferably within a range of 30 to 95% of the semi-radial full width B, and even better. It is in the range of 30 to 80%, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 70%. In addition, when the half-full width B of the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) from the light guide 3 is 26 degrees or more, the half-full width A is preferably 30 to 80% of the half-full width B, and even better. It is in the range of 30 to 70%, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 60%. In particular, when the half-full width A of the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light guide 3 is 26 to 36 degrees, the half-full width A is preferably 30 to 80% of the half-full width B. It is preferably in the range of 30 to 70%, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 60%. In addition, when the half-full width A of the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) from the light guide 3 exceeds 36 degrees, the half-full width A is preferably 30 to 70% of the half-full width B, and even better. It is in the range of 30 to 60%, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 50%.

一般欲提高導光板之出射效率時，似覺從導光體3之 出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之半値全幅度B變大而聚光效 率低降，實際上係如上述狹視野化之效果變大之關係，在 狹視野化的效率及面光源裝置的光利用效率之觀點，係以 使用與出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度B爲26度 以上之導光體組合的光偏向元件爲宜，再好爲半値全幅度 B超過36度之導光體。又，從導光體3之出射光光度分布(XZ 10833pifdoc/008 25 200306442 面內）之半値全幅度爲小之場合雖狹視野化之效果變小， 從導光體3之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度愈小 愈能圖謀高輝度化之關係，在高輝度化之觀點係以使用與 出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之半値全幅度B爲26度未滿之 導光體組合的光偏向元件爲宜。 一次光源1係延伸於Y方向之線狀光源，該一次光源 1係例如可使用螢光燈或冷陰極管。尙且，在本發明，一 次光源1並非限定於線狀光源，也可使用LED光源，鹵 素燈(halogen lamp)、金屬鹵素燈等的點光源。特別，在行 動電話機或攜帶式資訊終端等之比較小的畫面尺寸之顯示 裝置使用的場合，係以使用LED等之小點光源爲宜。又， 一次光源1係不僅如第1圖所示在導光體3之一方的側面 端設置之場合，按照需要也可更在相反側之側端面設置。 例如，對一次光源1使LED光源等之大略點狀光源配 置於導光體3之隅角等加以使用之場合，入射於導光體3 之光係在與光出射面33平行之平面內大略以一次光源1 爲中心，在導光體3中以放射狀傳導，從光出射面33所 出射之出射光也同樣以一次光源1爲中心之放射狀加以出 射。使此種以放射狀出射之出射光不關其出射方向如欲以 有效率的偏向於所期望之方向時，將形成於光偏向元件4 之稜Μ列係以大略弧狀之大略並列圍繞一次光源1配置爲 宜。如此’藉由使稜鏡列以大略弧狀之大略並列圍繞一次 光源配置時，幾乎從光出射面33以放射狀出射之光的大 10833pif.doc/008 26 200306442 部分對光偏向元件4之稜鏡列的延伸方向大略以垂直入射 之關係，在導光體3之光出射面33之全領域可使出射光 以良好效率指向特定方向，可提昇輝度之均一性。在光偏 向元件4所形成之大略弧狀的稜鏡列係按照在導光體3中 傳導之光的分布以選定其弧狀程度，使從光出射面33以 放射狀出射之光的幾乎全部能對光偏向元件4之稜鏡列之 延伸方向以大略垂直入射爲宜。具體的係可舉使LED等 之點狀光源爲大略中心之同心圓狀的圓弧半徑逐漸變大之 方式以大略並列配置者，稜鏡列之圓弧的半徑範圍，係由 在面光源系統之點狀光源的位置與，相當於液晶顯示區域 (area)之面光源的有效區域之位置關係或大小所決定。 光源反射器2係係使一次光源1之光以減少損失導向 於導光體3。其材質係可使用例如在表面具有金屬蒸鍍反 射層之塑膠薄膜(plastic film)。如第1圖所示，光源反射 器2係從光反射元件5之端緣部外面經一次光源1之外面 捲繞至光擴散元件6之出射面端緣部。另外，光源反射器 2係可避開光擴散元件6，從光反射元件5之端緣部外面 經一次光源1之外面捲繞至光偏向元件4之出光面端緣部 或導光體3之光出射面端緣部。 一種與光源反射器2同樣之反射構件，也可使附裝於 導光Μ 3之側端面31以外的側端面。光反射元件5係例 如可使用在表面具有金屬蒸鍍反射層之塑膠薄層（plastic sheet)。在本發明，代替光反射元件5之反射薄層，也可 10833pif.doc/008 27 200306442 以在導光體3之背面34由金屬蒸鑛等所形成之光反射層 等。 本發明之導光體3及光偏向元件4係可由光透射率高 的合成樹脂加以構成。此種合成樹脂可例示，甲基丙烯酸 樹脂（methacrylic resin)、丙烯酸樹脂（acryl resin)、聚碳酸 醋系樹脂（polycarbonate resin)、聚酯系樹脂（polyester resin)、氯乙烯系樹脂（vinyl chloride resin)。特別，以甲基 丙烯酸樹脂，在高之光透射率、耐熱性、力學特性、成形 加工性較優，爲最適合。此種甲基丙烯酸樹脂係以甲基丙 烯酸甲酯（methyl methacrylate)爲主要成份之樹脂，以甲基 丙烯酸甲酯爲80重量％以上者爲宜。當形成導光體3及光 偏向元件4之粗面的表面構造或稜鏡列等之表面構造時， 也可將透明合成樹脂板使用具有所期望之表面構造之模型 構件以熱壓制加以形成，也可由絲網印刷（silk screen)、由 壓出成形或射出成形等加以成形與同時給與形狀。又，也 可使用熱或者光硬化性樹脂等加以形成構造面。更且，也 可在由聚酯系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂、氯 乙烯系樹脂、亞醯胺系樹脂(polymethacrylimide resin)等所 構成透明之薄膜（film)或薄層（sheet)等之透明基材上，使 由活化能(activation energy)線硬化型樹脂所構成之粗面構 造或透鏡列排列構造在表面加以形成，使此種薄層由粘 著、融合等方法也可在另外之透明基材上加以接合一體 化。活化能線硬化型樹脂係可使用多官能（甲基）丙烯基化 合物[(metha)acryl compound]、乙烯基化合物（vinyl 10833pif.doc/008 28 200306442 compound)、（甲基）丙嫌酸酯[(metha)acrylic ester]類、烯丙 基化合物（allyl compound)、（甲基）丙烯酸[(metha)acrylic acid]之金屬塩等。 在由如以上之一次光源1、光源反射器2、導光體3、 光偏向元件4、光反射元件5及光擴散元件6所構成之面 光源裝置的發光面（光擴散元件6之出射面62)上，藉由配 置液晶顯示元件以構成液晶顯示裝置。液晶顯示裝置係從 第1圖之上方經過液晶顯示元件由觀察者加以觀察。又， 在本發明，可使充分錨準（collimate)之狹分布的光，從面 光源裝置入射於液晶顯示元件之關係，在液晶顯示元件無 階調反轉等可得明亮、色相之均一性良好的畫像顯示之同 時，可得集中於所期望的方向之光照射，可提高一次光源 之發光光量對此方向之照射的利用效率。 更且，在本發明，如此在由光偏向元件4加以狹視野 化而局輝度化之光源裝置’爲盡量不導致輝度之低降，可 按照目的適度加以控制視野範圍之關係，以使光擴散元件 6鄰接配置於光偏向元件4之出光面上。又，在本發明， 藉由如此使光擴散元件6加以配置，可抑止品質低降之原 因的強烈閃耀或輝度斑等能圖謀品質提昇。 光ϋ散元件6係也可在光偏向元件4之出光面側與光 偏向元件4以一體化加以形成，也可另外使光偏向元件6 載置於光偏向元件4之出光面側。以另外使光偏向元件6 加以配置爲宜。另外使光偏向元件6加以載置之場合，在 10833pif.doc/008 29 200306442 光擴散元件6之對向於光偏向元件4的入射面61，爲防止 與光偏向元件4之粘附製品缺陷（sticking)，係以附與凹凸 構造爲宜。同樣，在光擴散兀件6之出射面62，有必要考 慮與在其上面配置的液晶顯示元件之間的粘附製品缺陷， 係也以在光擴散元件6之出射側的面附與凹凸構造爲宜。 此凹凸構造，僅以防止吸附製品缺陷之目的而加以附與之 場合，係以平均傾斜角爲0.7度以上之構造較好，再好爲 1度以上，更好係1.5度以上。 在本發明，考慮輝度特性、視認性及品質等之平衡， 係以使用具有可使從光偏向元件4之出射光適度加以擴散 之光擴散特性的光擴散元件6爲宜。即，當光擴散元件6 之光擴散性較低之場合，充分擴大視野角成爲困難而使視 認性低降之同時，品質改善效果有不充分之傾向，相反的 當光擴散性過高之場合，由光偏向元件4之狹視野化的效 果損失之同時，全光線透射率也變低有輝度低下之傾向。 於是，在本發明之光擴散元件6，係使用平行光入射時之 出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度在1〜13度之範圍 者。光擴散元件6的出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅 度係以在3〜11度之範圍較好，再好爲4〜8.5度之範圍。 尙且，在本發明之光擴散元件6的出射光光度分布(XZ面 內）之半値全幅度，係如第21圖所示，表示入射於光擴散 元件6之平行光線在出射時以何種程度加以擴散擴大之情 形，係指在透過光擴散元件6所擴散之出射光的光度分布 (XZ面內）對峰値之半値的擴大角之全幅度的角度（△ 0 10833pif.doc/008 30 200306442 Η)。 此種光擴散特性係藉由在光擴散元件6中混入光擴散 劑，在光擴散元件6之至少一方的表面附與凹凸構造時可 加以給與。在表面所形成之凹凸構造，在光擴散元件6之 一方的表面加以形成之場合與在兩方之表面加以形成的場 合，其程度爲相異。在光擴散元件6之一方的表面形成凹 凸構造之場合，其平均傾斜角爲在0.8〜12度之範圍較好， 再好爲3.5〜7度，更好爲4〜6.5度。在光擴散元件6之兩 馨 方形成凹凸構造之場合，以使一方之表面形成凹凸構造的 平均傾斜角爲0.8〜6度之範圍較好，再好爲2〜4度，更好 爲2.5〜4度，此種場合，爲抑止光擴散元件6之全光線透 射率的低降，係以使光擴散元件6之入射面側之平均傾斜 角比出射面側之平均傾斜角較大爲宜。 又，光擴散元件6之霧化(haze)値爲8〜82%之範圍時， 從輝度特性提昇與視認性改良之觀點較好，再好爲30〜70% 之範圍，更好爲40〜65%之範圍。 · 在本發明之光源裝置，在從其發光面（光擴散元件6之 出射面62)之法線方向所觀察的場合的顯示區域（即與光源 裝置組合所使用之液晶顯示元件等之顯示元件的有效顯示 區域所對應之有效發光領域）內的輝度也要求均一性。此 輝度之~均一性係也依存於光源之顯示區域之大小，例如， 在適用於筆記型個人電腦或個人電腦監視器等之有效顯示 區域較大的大型光源裝置，有要求比較廣視野角特性之場 10833pif.doc/008 31 200306442 合，要求使從發光面所出射之出射光的輝度分布(xz面內） 更加變廣。一方面，在適用於行動電話機或攜帶資訊終端 等之有效區域較小的小型光源裝置，有優先提昇高輝度或 顯示畫像形成用照明之品質的場合，此種場合係也可使從 發光面所出射之出射光的輝度分布(xz面內）比較狹小。因 而，對光擴散元件6，係以使用可按照光源裝置之顯示區 域的大小具有適當的光擴散特性者爲宜。 茲對此種按照光源裝置之顯示區域的大小的光擴散元 件6之光擴散特性加以說明。尙且，光源裝置之顯示區域 之大小係以其展開長度爲基準加以說明。在此，光源裝置 之展開長度（導光體3之展開長度）係如第22圖所示，在線 狀之冷陰極光源爲一次光源1在導光體3之光入射面31 以對向配置的場合，係指在入射於導光體3之光所導光之 方向，即與光入射面31垂直之X方向的顯示區域AR之 最長距離L。又，如第23圖所示，在導光體3之隅角所 形成之光入射面31以對向配置LED等之點光源爲一次光 源的場合’係指連結顯75區域AR之從點光源最遠的位置 與最近位置之距離L。 (1) 導光體3之展開長度爲8 cm以下的場合 此種光源裝置係使用線狀之冷陰極管（一燈型）或LED 等爲一次光源，因使用於行動電話機、攜帶資訊終端、數 位照相、幾等之有效顯示區域較小之顯示裝置的關係，不必 要使視野角以那樣程度變大，使抑止品質低下之原因的強 烈閃耀或輝度斑等之光擴散性，由光擴散元件6加以附*與， 10833pif.doc/008 32 200306442 以提高光利用效率維持高輝度之同時，有必要抑低消耗電 力。因而，光擴散元件6係以出射光光度分布(χζ面內）之 半値全幅度爲1〜6度之範圍較好，再好爲1〜5度，更好係 在2〜5度之範圍。又，霧化値係以8〜60%之範圍較好，再 好爲8〜50%，更好係在20〜50%之範圍。更且，在光擴散 元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合，其平均傾斜角爲 〇·8〜5度之範圍較好，再好爲0.8〜4度，更好係在2〜4度 之範圍。 (2)導光體3之展開長度超過8cm在23cm以下之場合 (使用一燈型之冷陰極管爲一次光源1) 此種光源裝置係因使用於筆記型個人電腦、桌上型個 人電腦之監視器、比較小型的液晶電視機等之顯示裝置的 關係，必要較廣之視野角，隨要求液晶顯示裝置之高解像 度化必要品質較高之高輝度。因而，對光擴散元件6係以 出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度爲3〜11度之範圍 較好，再好爲4〜10度，更好係在4〜9度之範圍。又，霧 化値係以在30〜80%之範圍較好，再好爲40〜73%，更好係 在45〜70%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形 成凹凸構造之場合，其平均傾斜角爲3〜9·5度之範圍較好， 再好爲3.5〜8.5度，更好係在4.5〜7度之範圍。 特別在導光體3之展開長度超過8cm在18cm以下之 場合，例如因爲使用於比較小型之筆記型個人電腦的顯示 裝置之關係，所必要之視野角爲稍微狹小。因而，對光擴 散元件6係以出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度爲 10833pif.doc/008 33 200306442 3〜8度之範圍較好，再好爲4〜8度，更好係在4〜7度之範 圍。又，霧化値係以在30〜70%之範圍爲較好，再好爲 40〜65%，更好係在45〜60%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元件 6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合，其平均傾斜角係以在 3〜7度之範圍較好，再好爲3.5〜6.5度，更好係在4.5〜6.5 度之範圍。 又，特別在導光體3之展開長度超過18cm在22cm以 下之場合，例如因爲使用於比較大之筆記型個人電腦的顯 示裝置之關係，必要比較廣之視野角之同時，必要達成在 顯示區域內之輝度的均一性。因而，對光擴散光件6係以 出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度爲4〜10度之範圍 較好，再好爲5〜9度，更好係在5〜8.5度之範圍。又，霧 化値係以在40〜75%之範圍較好，再好爲50〜70%，更好係 在50〜65%之範圍。更且，在光擴散兀件6之表面加以形 成凹凸構造之場合，其平均傾斜角係以在3.5〜8度之範圍 較好，再好爲4〜7度，更好係在4.5〜6.5度之範圍。 又，特別在導光體3之展開長度超過22cm在23cm以 下之場合，例如使用於比較大型之筆記型個人電腦等的顯 示裝置。此係以一燈型之冷陰極管使用爲一次光源1的筆 記型個人電腦其顯示區域爲較大者，與導光體3之展開長 度爲22cm以下者比較時，有必要更提高光利用效率以提 昇輝ί。如此欲更提高輝度時，例如在光源裝置之導光體 3之背面所配置之反射薄層，有必要替代指向性反射性較 低之發泡PET反射薄膜，加以使用指向性反射性較優之銀 34 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 反射薄層或銘反射薄層等之金屬反射薄層。但，使用金屬 反射薄層之場合，會強烈出現金屬反射特有之強烈閃耀、 在導光體光入射面近傍出現之暗線·輝線、在導光體光入 射面兩端部近傍出現之暗部等之缺陷，光源裝置之品質有 損失之傾向。爲抑止此種品質低降，雖有必要使用出射光 光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度超過9度之高光擴散性之 光擴散兀件6，在使用此種光擴散元件6之場合，光擴散 性變爲過大之同時，會導致全光線透射率之大幅低降之關 係，具有無法取得充分高輝度之問題點。因此，使此種品 質低降由導光體3或光偏向元件4加以抑止外，光擴散元 件6係以使用出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之半値全幅度爲 5〜11度之範圍較好，再好爲6〜10度，更好係在7〜9度之 範圍。又，對於霧値化，係以在50〜80%之範圍較好，再 好爲55〜73%，更好係在55〜70%之範圍。更且，在光源擴 散元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合，其平均傾斜角 係以在4.5〜9.5度之範圍較好，再好爲5〜8.5度，更好係 在5〜7度之範圍。 (3)導光體3之展開長度超過8cm在28cm以下之場合 (使用多燈型之冷陰極管爲一次光源1) 此種光源裝置係因使用於桌上型個人電腦之監視器、 液晶電視機等之顯不裝置之關係’必要比較廣之視野角之 同時也必要高輝度。因而，一次光源1係在導光體3之互 以大略平行之兩端面使用各配置一個以上之冷陰極管的多 燈型者。對於此種光源裝置，與使用一燈型之一次光源者， 10833pif.doc/008 35 200306442 關於品質之視認性相異，如後述之出射光輝度分布（xz面 內）之非對稱性消失，光源裝置之中央部附近之出射光輝 度分布(XZ面內）DI係如第24圖所示，在未使用光擴散元 件6之場合也提昇對稱性。更且，近於一次光源之兩端部 近傍的出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）D2、D3係各受從最近之 一次光源所出射經導光之光的影響，成爲帶有若干非對稱 性之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）。即，在第24圖之左側的 端部近傍，在出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）D2，接近一次光 源側爲陡坡中央側有緩坡之托尾（tailing)傾向的關係，在 左端部近傍之光的出射方向係稍向中央部之成分較多。一 方面’在弟24圖之右側的u而部近傍’在出射光輝度分布(χζ 面內）D3，接近一次光源側爲陡坡，中央側有緩坡之托尾 傾向的關係，在右端部近傍之光的出射方向係稍向中央部 之成分較多。因此，可得從中央部觀察兩端部近傍時之視 認性較優之出射光特性，有利於構成可一直到端部都具有 高品質高輝度之光源裝置。因而，對光擴散元件6係必要 可得廣視野角之光擴散性，出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半 値全幅度係以使用0.7〜13度之範圍較好，再好爲1〜11度， 更好係在2〜9度之範圍。又，對霧化値，係以30〜82%之 範圍較好，再好爲35〜75%，更好係在40〜70%之範圍。更 且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造的場合，其 平均傾斜角係以在〇·8〜12度之範圍較好，再好爲1〜8.5度， 更好係在1.5〜7度之範圍。 特別，在導光體3之展開長度超過22cm在28cm以下 36 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 之場合，對光擴散元件6，係以使用出射光光度分布（XZ 面內）之半値全幅度爲6〜13度之範圍較好，再好爲7〜11 度，更好係在7〜9度之範圍。又，對霧化値，係以50〜82% 之範圍較好，再好爲60〜75%，更好係在65〜70%之範圍。 更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合， 其平均傾斜角係以在4.5〜12度之範圍較好，再好爲5.5〜8.5 度，更好係在6〜7度之範圍。 更且，在導光體3之展開長度超過8cm在22cm以下 之場合，對光擴散元件6，係以使用出射光光度分布（χζ 面內）之半値全幅度爲0.7〜6度之範圍較好，再好爲1〜5度， 更好係在2〜4度之範圍。又，對霧化値，係以在30〜60% 之範圍較好，再好爲35〜55%，更好係在40〜50%之範圍。 更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合， 其平均傾斜角係以在0.8〜6度之範圍較好，再好爲1〜5度， 更好係在1.5〜4.5度之範圍。 對於本發明之光源裝置，在使用如上述之光擴散元件 6的場合，係以使用從光偏向元件4之出射光輝度分布(XZ 面內）之半値全幅度爲19〜26度程度的聚光性比較弱之光 偏向元件4的同時，以使用光擴散性比較弱的光擴散元件 6時，較能抑制在YZ面內之擴散所引起的輝度低降之關 係，從提昇輝度之觀點有較好的場合。此種場合，對光擴 散元件6，有必要取得廣視野角之光擴散性，係以使用出 射光光度分布（XZ面內）之半値全幅度爲1〜8度之範圍較 好，再好爲2〜8度，更好係在3〜7度之範圍。又，對霧化 10833pif.doc/008 37 200306442 値，係以在8〜70%之範圍較好，再好爲30〜60%，更好係 在40〜60%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元件6之一方的表面 加以形成凹凸構造之場合，其平均傾斜角係以在0.8〜7度 之範圍較好，再好爲3〜6.5度，更好係在3.5〜6度之範圍。 使凹凸構造形成於兩面之場合，其一方之表面的平均傾斜 角係在0.8〜4度之範圍較好，再好爲1〜4度，更好係在2〜4 度之範圍。 對於本發明之光源裝置，從光偏向元件4之出光面所 出射的出射光係如第25圖所示具有非對稱之出射光輝度 分布（XZ面內；無光擴散元件）的場合。此出射光輝度分布 (XZ面內）係由來於從導光體3所出射之出射光光度分布 (XZ面內）。此種非對稱性的出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）係 例如，在從光偏向元件4之出射光的輝度分布(XZ面內）之 半値全幅度爲20度以下之高指向性的出射光所出射之場 合加以出現之傾向。特別，在顯示區域比較大之光源裝置， 爲緩和此種出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）之非對稱性，有必要 使用光擴散性比較強的光擴散元件6(在第25圖表示使用 此種光擴散元件之場合的出射光輝度分布（具有光擴散元 件）。）。一方面，光擴散元件6使用出射光光度分布（XZ 面內）之半値全幅度爲4度以上，霧化値爲35%以上者之 場合，從光擴散元件6所出射之出射光光度分布（XZ面內） 的峰値角度對從光偏向元件4之出射光的輝度分布（XZ面 內）之峰値角度，有向與一次光源相反側之方向發生1〜3 度程度之偏角。此種場合，從光偏向元件之出射光的輝度 10833pif.doc/008 38 200306442 分布(xz面內）之峰値角度在所期望之方向（例如法線方向） 的場合，藉由使用光擴散元件6時會導致在所期望之方向 的輝度低降。從而’在從光偏向兀件4之出射光的輝度分 布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度爲20度以下之場合使用如上述 之光擴散元件6時，係如第7圖所示，預先，以使從光偏 向元件4之出射光的輝度分布(XZ面內）之峰値角度從所期 望之方向偏向於光源側0.5〜3度，再好爲0.5〜2度，更好 係1〜2度，加以設計光偏向元件4等爲宜。 在本發明，對光擴散元件6係以使用光擴散性具有各 向異性者爲宜，係因可提高光擴散元件6之全光線透射率， 能使從光偏向元件4之出射光加以有效率的擴散，可提昇 輝度之關係。例如，在導光體3之一端面以對向配置線狀 之冷陰極管爲一次光源1的光源裝置，使從導光體3之光 出射面所出射的出射光由光偏向元件4在XZ面內以圖謀 狹視野化爲主，使在此XZ面內所狹視野化之光更再由光 擴散元件6主要經擴散以使視野角變廣。但，對光擴散元 件6使用各向同性擴散性之場合，對在未由光偏向元件加 以狹視野化之YZ面內因以同等使光擴散之關係，會導致 輝度之低降。於是，如第26圖所示，藉由使用在XZ面內 之光擴散性比在YZ面內較高之具有各向異擴散性之光擴 散元件6時，由光偏向元件4可使狹視野化之XZ面內之 光的擴散加強，能使未狹視野化之YZ面內之光的擴散變 弱，如此可使從光偏向元件4之出射光以有效率的擴散， 能盡量抑制輝度之低降至最小。 39 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 在本發明，對於此種光擴散元件6之各向異擴散性， 使用具有何種各向異性之光擴散元件6，並非僅由如上述 之在XZ面內及YZ面內之各向異性之要因所決定，係可 按照導光體3之光出射機能部之形狀、光偏向元件4之透 鏡形狀或排列、光源裝置之用途等加以適宜選定。即，如 第27圖所示，想像包含對光擴散元件6之出射面的法線 軸及出射面內之任意方向（P-n方向（n=l，2，···)）的任意面 (ZP-n面(n=l，2，..·)），藉由使在此等之任意面的出射光分布 之半値全幅度成爲相異特可附與各向異性。尙且，ZP-n面 之半値全幅度之中的最大者爲最大半値全幅度，最小者爲 最小半値全幅度。以同樣，對於光擴散元件6附與各向異 擴散性之凹凸構造的平均傾斜角，也藉由使ZP-n面與光 擴散元件6(XY面）交差之在任意的P-n方向之平均傾斜角 成爲相異時可附與平均傾斜角之各向異性。此時，P-n方 向之平均傾斜角之中的最大者爲最大平均傾斜角，最小者 爲最小平均傾斜角。 例如，在導光體3之一端面以對向配置線狀之冷陰極 管爲一次光源的場合，光偏向元件4係主要在XZ面圖謀 狹視野化，在YZ面幾乎不作用之關係，係以使用具有從 光偏向元件4之出射光在XZ面內加以有效果的擴散，在 YZ面內不加以擴散的各向異擴散性之光擴散元件6爲最 適合。從而，光擴散元件6係以具有在XZ面內表示最大 半値全幅度，在YZ面內表示最小半値全幅度之各向異擴 散性爲宜。以同樣，在光擴散元件6加以形成凹凸構造也 10833pifdoc/008 40 200306442 以在X方向具有最大傾斜角，在γ方向具有最小傾斜角 的構造或配置爲宜。 甚至於在具有此種各方異擴散性之光擴散元件6,考 慮輝度特性、視認性及品質等之平衡以使用具有可使從光 偏向元件4之出射光能適度加以擴散之光擴散特性的光擴 散兀件6爲宜。即，在光擴散元件6之光擴散性低之場合， 要充分加寬視野角成爲困難而視認性低降之同時，品質改 善效果有不能充分之傾向，相反的光擴散性過高之場合由 光偏向元件4之狹視野化的效果損失之同時，全光線透射 率也低降有輝度低降之傾向。於是，使用出射光光度分布 (ΧΖ面內）之最大半値全幅度爲1〜13度之範圍者，以3〜11 度之範圍較好，再好係在4〜9度之範圍。又，最大半値全 幅度對最小半値全幅度之比（最大半値全幅度/最小半値 全幅度）爲1.1〜20之範圍較好，再好爲2〜15之範圍，更好 係在4〜10之範圍。此係藉由使最大半値全幅度/最小半 値全幅度爲1.1以上時可提昇光之利用效率能提高輝度之 關係，藉由使20以下時可抑止由強光擴散性之輝度低降。 在光擴散元件6之一方的表面加以形成凹凸構造之場 合，其最大平均傾斜角在〇.8〜15度之範圍較好，再好爲 3.5〜11度，更好係4〜9度。又，從與最大半値全幅度/最 小半値全幅度同樣之各向異性的觀點，最大平均傾斜角對 最小平均傾斜角之比（最大平均傾斜角/最小平均傾斜角） 係在1.1〜20之範圍較好，再好爲2〜15之範圍，更好係在 4〜10之範圍。凹凸構造係也可形成於光擴散元件6之兩方 10833pif.doc/008 41 200306442 的表面，此種場合，爲抑止光擴散元件6之全光線透射率 的低降，係以使光擴散元件6之入射面側的平均傾斜角比 出射面側的平均傾斜角較大爲宜。又，光擴散元件6之霧 化値係在8〜82%之範圍時從輝度特性提昇與視認性改良之 觀點較好，再好爲30〜70%之範圍，更好係在40〜65%之範 圍。 又，對光擴散元件6係以使用可按照光源裝置之顯示 區域的大小具有適當的光擴散特性者爲宜。在導光體3之 展開長度爲8cm以下之場合，對光擴散元件6，係以出射 光光度分布(XZ面內）之最大半値全幅度在1〜6度之範圍較 好，再好爲1〜5度，更好係在2〜5度之範圍。又，對霧化 値係在8〜60%之範圍較好，再好爲8〜50%，更好係在 20〜50%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成 凹凸構造之場合，其最大平均傾斜角係以在0.8〜5度之範 圍較好，再好爲0.8〜4度，更好係在2〜4度之範圍。 導光體3之展開長度超過8cm在23cm以下之場合(使 用一燈型之冷陰極管爲一次光源），對光擴散元件6 ’係以 出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之最大半値全幅度在3〜13度之 範圍較好，再好爲4〜10度，更好係在4〜9度之範圍。又， 對霧化値係在30〜80%之範圍較好，再好爲40〜73%，更好 係在45〜70%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以 形成凹凸構造之場合，其最大平均傾斜角係以在3〜15度 之範圍較好，再好爲3.5〜10度，更好係在4.5〜8度之範圍。 其中，導光體之展開長度超過8cm在18cm以下之場合， 10833pif.doc/008 42 200306442 對光擴散元件6，係以出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之最大半 値全幅度在3〜10度之範圍較好，再好爲4〜10度，更好係 在4〜9度之範圍。又，對霧化値係以在30〜7〇%之範圍較 好’再好爲40〜65%，更好係在45〜60%之範圍。更且，在 光擴散元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合，其最大平 均傾斜角係以在3〜9度之範圍較好，再好爲3.5〜8度，更 好係在4.5〜8度之範圍。又，導光體3之展開長度超過18cm 在22cm以下之場合，對光擴散元件6，係以出射光光度 分布之最大半値全幅度(XZ面內）爲4〜13度之範圍較好， 再好爲5〜11度，更好係在5〜8.5度之範圍。又，對霧化 値係以在40〜75%之範圍較好，再好爲50〜70%，更好係在 50〜65%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成 凹凸構造之場合，其最大平均傾斜角係以在3.5〜15度之 範圍較好，再好爲4〜9度，更好係在4.5〜6.5度之範圍。 更且，導光體3之展開長度超過22cm在23cm以下之場 合，對光擴散元件6，係以使用出射光光度分布(XZ面內） 之最大半値全幅度爲5〜13度之範圍者較好，再好爲6〜12 度，更好係在7〜9度之範圍。又，對霧化値係以在50〜80% 之範圍較好，更好爲55〜73%，更好係在55〜70%之範圍。 更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合， 其最大平均傾斜角係以在4.5〜15度之範圍較好，再好爲 5〜10度，更好係在5〜7度之範圍。 導光體3之展開長度超過8cm在28cm以下之場合(使 用多燈型之冷陰極管爲一次光源1)，對光擴散元件6，必 10833pif.doc/008 43 200306442 要取得廣視野角之光擴散性，係以使用出射光光度分布（x Z面內）之最大半値全幅度在〇·7〜13度之範圍者較好，再 好爲1〜11度，更好係在2〜9度之範圍。又，對霧化値係 以在30〜82%之範圍較好，再好爲35〜75%，更好係在 40〜70%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成 凹凸構造之場合，其最大平均傾斜角係以在〇.8〜15度之 範圍較好，再好爲1〜13度，更好係在1.5〜7度之範圍。 其中，導光體3之展開長度超過22cm在28cm以下之場 合，對光擴散元件6，係以使用出射光光度分布(XZ面內） 之最大半値全幅度在6〜13度之範圍者較好，再好爲7〜11 度，更好係在7〜9度之範圍。又，對霧化値係以在50〜82% 之範圍較好，再好爲60〜75%，更好係在65〜70%之範圍。 更且，在光擴散元件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合， 其最大平均傾斜角係以在4.5〜15度之範圍較好，再好爲 5.5〜13度，更好係在6〜7之範圍。更且，導光體3之展開 長度超過8cm在22cm以下之場合，對光擴散元件6，係 以使用出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之最大半値全幅度在 0.7〜6度之範圍者較好，再好爲1〜5度，更好係在2〜4度 之範圍。又，對霧化値係以在30〜60%之範圍較好，再好 爲35〜55%，更好係在40〜50%之範圍。更且，在光擴散元 件6之表面加以形成凹凸構造之場合，其最大平均傾斜角 係以在0.8〜10度之範圍較好，再好爲1〜7度，更好係在 1.5〜5度之範圍。 對具有此種各向異擴散性之光擴散元件6的擴散性附 10833pif.doc/008 44 200306442 與構造，例如，可舉在第28〜30圖所示之凹凸構造。在第 28圖所示之凹凸構造係使在一軸上以長加伸延之雙凸透鏡 (lenticular lens)列等之透鏡列6a以多數並列加以聯設之排 列構造。此種透鏡列之排列間距（pitch)係以選定對在顯示 裝置所使用之液晶顯示元件之像素的排列間距及光偏向元 件4之稜鏡列等之透鏡列之排列間距不容易產生干涉條紋 (moire)之間距或以任意（random)排列間距爲宜。通常，透 鏡列之排列間距係以在1〜70//m之範圍較好，從製造之容 易性或防止干涉條紋之發生的觀點再好爲5〜40//m’更好 係在10〜30//m之範圍。又，與透鏡列之長軸方向直交的 方向之平均傾斜角係以在0.8〜15度之範圍時從輝度提昇 與視認性提昇觀點爲較好，再好係在3.5〜11度，更好係在 4〜9度之範圍。 在第29圖所示之凹凸構造係使多數之柱面透鏡 (cylindrical lens)形狀體6b以離散方式排列的構造。柱面 透鏡形狀體之排列間距係可以爲一定規劃的間距，也可以 爲任意之排列間距。通常，柱面透鏡形狀體之排列間距係 以在1〜70//m之範圍較好，從製造之容易性或防止干涉條 紋之觀點再好係5〜40/zm，更好係在10〜30//m之範圍。 又，與柱面透鏡形狀體之長軸方向直交的方向之平均傾斜 角係以在0.8〜15度時從輝度提昇與視認性提昇之觀點爲 較好，再好爲3.5〜11度，更好係在4〜9度之範圍。此種 離散方式之排列構造係以使要求表示最大半値全幅度之面 與光擴散元件6之出射面所交差的線，能以高機率與柱面 10833pif.doc/008 45 200306442 透鏡形狀體之長軸方向大略直交的方式加以排列爲宜。 又，以使要求表示最小半値全幅度之面與光擴散件6之出 射面所交差的線，能以高機率與柱面透鏡形狀體之長軸方 向大略平行的方式加以排列爲宜。 在第30圖所示之凹凸構造係髮紋(hair line)構造。直 交於髮紋6c之延伸方向的方向之平均傾斜角係以在〇.8〜15 度時從輝度提昇與視認性提昇之觀點爲較好，再好係 3.5〜11度，更好係在4〜9度之範圍。髮紋之延伸方向係以 與，成爲光擴散元件6之最大半値全幅度所必要的面與光 擴散元件6之出射面交差的線，大略直交之方向爲宜。 在附與此種各向異擴散性之凹凸構造所形成的面及其 背面之至少一方藉由附與消光(mat)構造時，可抑制強烈閃 耀或輝度斑等能提昇品質。但，消光構造之光擴散性變強 時會有導致各向異擴散性之損失，輝度之低降的場合之關 係，係以附與光擴散性比較弱之消光構造爲宜。對於此種 消光構造係以平均傾斜角在〇·5〜5度之範圍較好，再好係 0.8〜4度，更好係在1〜3.5度之範圍。尙且，在各方異性 附與凹凸構造之表面附與消光構造之場合的消光構造之平 均傾斜角係指去除起因於凹凸構造之平均傾斜角度之消光 構造本身之平均傾斜角。此種平均傾斜角係可在無凹凸構 造部分或平行於凹凸構造之長軸方向的方向加以測定，可 使用觸針粗糙儀計測，對光擴散元件6之斷面形狀之畫像 解析方法，可用原子間力顯微鏡等加以測定。 在本發明，也可使用光偏向元件4將從導光體3之出 10833pif.doc/008 46 200306442 射光加以出射於法線方向等之特定方向，將此出射光使用 具有各向異擴散性之光擴散元件6加以出射於所期望之方 向。此種場合’也可在光擴散兀件6附與各向異擴散作用 與光偏向作用之兩方機能。例如，對於凹凸構造使用雙凸 透鏡列或柱面透鏡形狀體者，藉由使其斷面形狀爲非對稱 形狀時，可附與各向異擴散作用與光偏向作用之兩機能。 又’在本發明，爲調整光源裝置之視野角、提昇品質 之目的，也可使光偏向元件4或光擴散元件6加以含有光 擴散材料。此種光擴散材料係可使用與構成光偏向元件4 或光擴散元件6之基材折射率相異之透明微粒子，例如， 可舉砂珠（silicon bead)、聚苯乙稀（p〇lystrene)、聚甲基丙 烯酸甲酯(polymethyl methacrylate)、氟化甲基丙烯酸甲酯 (fluofomethacrylate)等之單獨聚合體或共聚物等。對於光 擴散材料係以不損及光偏向元件4之狹視野效果或光擴散 元件6之適度的擴散效果，有必要適宜選定含有量、粒徑、 折射率等。例如，光擴散材料之折射率係與光偏向元4或 光擴散元件6之基材的折射率差過小時擴散效果較小，過 大時發生過剩的散亂折射作用之關係，折射率差係以在 0.01〜0.1之範圍較好，再好係〇·〇3〜〇.〇8,更好係在0.03〜0.05 之範圍。又’光擴散材料之粒徑係在粒徑過大時散射變強 而引起強烈閃耀或輝度之低降，過小時發生著色之關係， 平均粒徑係以在〇·5〜20 v m之範圍較好，再好係2〜15 a m， 更好係在2〜10# m之範圍。 尙且’使用本發明之光偏向元件之光源裝置的出射光 10833pif.doc/008 47 200306442 輝度分布（χ z面內）係具有出現非對稱性之出射光輝度分 布（XZ面內）的場合，上述非對稱性之出射光輝度分布（χ Ζ面內）係以峰値位置爲界，在一次光源側之出射光輝度 分布（X Ζ面內），從峰値光愈遠輝度係以急劇低降，在從 一次光源較遠側之出射光輝度分布（χ ζ面內）輝度係以比 較緩坡度低降的非對稱之出射光輝度分布。例如，使此種 出射光輝度分布（ΧΖ面內）之光源裝置使用於10英吋以上 之筆sS型個人電腦等之必要比較廣視野角之液晶顯示裝置 的場合’係以比較光擴散性高之光擴散元件配置於光偏向 元件之出光面上，以進行使出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）加 寬而使視野角變廣。在使用霧化値爲50%以上之光擴散性 強的光擴散元件之場合，出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）之峰 値角度係以1〜3度程度偏向於從光源較遠之側。因而，從 光偏向元件之出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）的峰値角度位置 於其出光面之法線方向的場合，由光擴散元件之出射光輝 度分布（XZ面內）之峰値角度，從法線方向以1〜3度程度 偏向於從光源較遠之側，結果從法線方向觀察之場合的輝 度係以極端的低降。此係藉由使用光擴散元件，雖多少可 緩和從光偏向元件所出射的出射光輝度分布（X Z面內）之 非對稱性，因出射光輝度分布（XZ面內）之以比較急劇低 降輝度的部份，位置於法線方向之關係。爲避免此種輝度 之極端低降，係以預先使從光偏向元件的出射光之輝度分 布（XZ面內）之峰値角度從法線方向以1〜3度程度偏向於 光源側爲宜。 10833pif.doc/008 48 200306442 以下’參照圖面’說明更再有的本發明之其他實施型 態。 第31圖係表示依據本發明之面光源裝置的一實施型態 之模式斜視圖。如第31圖所示，本實施型態之面光源裝 置係由一次光源1、導光體3、光偏向元件4、及光反射元 件5所構成。其中，導光體3係至少以一側端面爲光入射 面31，以與此光入射面31大略直交之一表面爲光出射面 33 ’ 一次光源1係以對向配置於此導光體3之光入射面31 由光源反射器2所覆蓋，光偏向元件4係配置於導光體3 之光出射面上，光反射元件5係以對向配置於導光體3之 光出射面33的背面34。此等構成構件之中，一次光源1、 光源反射器2、導光體3及光反射元件5，係與關連於在 上述第1圖所說明者同樣之關係，在此將其說明從略。 第32圖係光偏向元件之稜鏡列的形狀之說明圖，光偏 向元件4係以主表面之一方爲入光面41，他方之面爲出光 面42。在入光面41多數之稜鏡列以並列排列，各稜鏡列 係第一稜鏡面44與第二稜鏡面45所構成。其中，第一稜 鏡面44係位置於一次光源側，第二稜鏡面45係位置於從 一次光源較遠之側。在第32圖所示之實施型態，第一稜 鏡面44爲平面，第二稜鏡面45之位置於稜鏡列的頂部側 之一部份係由大略平面所構成，位置於出光面側之其他部 分係成爲凸曲面形狀。 本發明之光偏向元件4係藉由使第二稜鏡面45爲特定 形狀時，可得極高之聚光效果’能得極高輝度之光源裝置。 10833pif.doc/008 49 200306442 即，使第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角（稜鏡頂角之一方的分角）α 爲28〜34度，第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角（稜鏡頂角之他方的 分角）/3爲32.5〜37度，凸曲面形狀部146之弦的傾斜角r 爲30〜35度，對稜鏡列之高（Η)之從稜鏡列的頂部至凸曲 面形狀部146之高[即’從稜鏡列之頂部至大略平面部147 與凸曲面形狀部146之界的高度](h)之比率（h/H)爲 25〜60%，稜鏡列之間距(P)與上述凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑(r) 之比(r/P)爲5〜11。在此，傾斜角α，召，τ係對稜鏡列形 成面43之法線的角度。又，凸曲面形狀部146之弦係對 應於連結凸曲面形狀部146之兩端部Q1、Q2的平面。 又，在本發明之光偏向元件4，上述凸曲面形狀係不 限於如上述之以r/P所規定的斷面圓弧狀者，也可以凸曲 面形狀部146之弦與凸曲面形狀部146之最大距離（d)對羧 鏡列之間距（P)之比率（d/P)爲〇.2〜2%之斷面非圓弧形狀 者。 更且，對本發明之光偏向元件4，如第33圖所示，在 第一棱鏡面44之大略平面，於形成棱鏡列圖案時，具有 由所發生之彎曲等而引起的形狀變化（從連結稜鏡列之頂 部與底部的平面之位移）的場合。此種大略平面之位移， 其位移較大之場合因會影響光偏向元件4之光學特性之關 係，係以抑制成微小爲宜。即，從連結稜鏡列之頂部與底 部的平面之大略平面之位移中之最大距離s對稜鏡列的間 距P之比率（S/P)係以0.008以下較好，再好係0.0065以下， 更好係0.0065以下，更好係在0.005以下之範圍。此種大 10833pif.doc/008 50 200306442 略平面之變形係主要起因於形成棱鏡列圖案時之重和收縮 之關係，預先使由重和收縮之變形程度加以定量化，再以 能使其相抵的方式加以設計金屬模型之稜鏡列形狀爲宜。 如上述之稜鏡列之形狀係依存於從導光體3所出射之 出射光光度分布的半値全幅度或峰値角度，第一稜鏡面44 之傾斜角α與第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角/?的差之絕對値。 以下，說明適合於本發明之光源裝置的導光體及光偏向元 件之代表例。 在從導光體3之出射光光度分布的峰値角度對光出射 面33之法線爲60〜75度，半値全幅度爲26〜35度，第一 棱鏡面44之傾斜角α與第一棱鏡面45之傾斜角/3之差的 絕對値（I α - /3 | )爲0.3以上未滿1.8之場合，係使第一 棱鏡面44之傾斜角α以32〜33.5度，第二稜鏡面45之傾 斜角/3以32.5〜34.5度，凸曲面形狀部146之弦的傾斜角 r以30〜31.5度，對稜鏡列之高度(Η)之從稜鏡列的頂部至 凸曲面形狀部146之高度(h)的比率(h/H)以25〜60%，稜鏡 列之間距（P)與上述凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比（r/P)以 5〜9.5,對稜鏡列之間距(P)的凸曲面形狀部146之弦與凸 曲面形狀部146的最大距離(d)之比率(d/P)以0.2〜2%爲較 好，再好係以傾斜角α爲32.2〜33.1度，傾斜角/5爲 32·8〜33.8度，傾斜角r爲30·4〜31.3度，h/H爲30〜56%， r/P爲5.5〜8.5，d/P爲0.23〜1.1%。更好係以傾斜角α爲 32·4〜32.8度，傾斜角万爲33〜33.4度，傾斜角r爲30·8〜31·2 度，h/H 爲 38〜50%，r/P 爲 6〜8.5，d/P 爲 0.25〜0.68% ° 10833pif.doc/008 51 200306442 在第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α與第二稜鏡面45之傾斜 角召的差之絕對値（| α - /? | )爲0.3未滿的場合，係使第 一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α以32.5〜34度，第二稜鏡面45之 傾斜角召以32.5〜34度、凸曲面形狀部146之弦的傾斜角 r以30〜31.5度，對稜鏡列之高度（Η)的從稜鏡列之頂部至 凸曲面形狀部146之高度(h)的比率(h/H)以25〜50%，稜鏡 列之間距（P)與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比（r/P)以 5〜10，對稜鏡列之間距(P)的凸曲面形狀部146之弦與凸曲 面形狀部146之最大距離（d)的比率（d/p)以0.2〜1.5%爲較 好。再好係以傾斜角α爲32.7〜34度，傾斜角点爲32.7〜34 度，傾斜角7爲30.4〜31.3度，h/H爲30〜41%，r/P爲6〜10， d/P爲0.2〜1·3%。更好係以傾斜角α爲33.5〜33.9度，傾 斜角/3爲33.5〜33·9度，傾斜角r爲30.8〜31.2度，h/H爲 35〜39%，r/P 爲 7〜8.5，d/P 爲 0.3〜1.1%。 第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α與第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角 /5的差之絕對値（I α -点| )爲1.8以上8.5以下的場合， 係以使第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α以28〜32度，第二稜鏡 面45之傾斜角卢以33〜37度，凸曲面形狀部146之弦的 傾斜角r以32〜34度，對稜鏡列之高度（Η)的從稜鏡列之 頂部至凸曲面形狀部146之高度⑻的比率（h/H)以 30〜45%，稜鏡列之間距（P)與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的 比（r/P)以5〜11，對稜鏡列之間距（P)的凸曲面形狀部ι46 之弦與凸曲面形狀部146之最大距離（d)的比率（d/P)以 0.2〜2%爲較好。再好係以傾斜角α爲28·5〜Μ·5度，傾斜 10833pif.doc/008 52 200306442 角/3爲33.5〜36度，傾斜角τ爲31.7〜33.2度，h/H爲 33〜42%，r/P爲5.2〜10.5，d/P爲0.3〜1%。更好係以傾斜 角α爲29·5〜30.9度，傾斜角/3爲34.5〜34.9度，傾斜角r 爲 31.5〜32·5 度，h/H 爲 37·5〜39%，r/P 爲 5·3〜10，d/P 爲 0.4〜0.85% ° 在從導光體3之出射光光度分布的峰値角度對光出射 面33之法線爲60〜75度，半値全幅度爲未滿26度，第一 稜鏡面44之傾斜角α與第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角/5之差的 絕對値（I α-沒| )爲0.3以上未滿1.8的場合，係使第一 稜鏡面44之傾斜角α以32〜33.5度，第二稜鏡面45之傾 斜角/3以32.5〜34·5度，凸曲面形狀部146之弦的傾斜角 7以30〜31.5度，對稜鏡列之高度（Η)的從稜鏡列之頂部至 凸曲面形狀部146之高度(h)的比率（h/H)以30〜55%，稜鏡 列之間距(P)與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比(r/P)以5〜9， 對稜鏡列之間距(P)的凸曲面形狀部146之弦與凸曲面形狀 部146的最大距離⑷之比率(d/P)以0.25〜2%爲較好。再好 係以傾斜角α爲32.2〜33.1度，傾斜角/5爲32.7〜33.7度， 傾斜角r爲30.4〜31.3度，h/H爲37〜52%，r/P爲5.5〜8.5， d/P爲0.28〜1.1%。更好係以傾斜角α爲32.4〜32.8度，傾 斜角冷爲33〜33.4度，傾斜角r爲30.8〜31.2度，h/H爲 43〜50%，r/P 爲 6〜8，d/P 爲 0.3〜0.7%。 第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α與第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角 召之差的絕對値（I a -/5 I )爲未滿0.3之場合，係使第〜 稜鏡面44之傾斜角α以33.5〜34度，第二稜鏡面45之傾 53 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 斜角沒以33·5〜34度，凸曲面形狀部146之弦的傾斜角r 以30〜31·5度，對稜鏡列之高度（η)的從稜鏡列之頂部至凸 曲面形狀部146之高度(h)的比率(h/H)以35〜48%，稜鏡列 之間距（P)與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比（r/P)以7〜9，對 稜鏡列之間距（P)的凸曲面形狀部146之弦與凸曲面形狀部 146之最大距離（d)的比率（d/P)以0.3〜2%爲較好。再好係 以傾斜角α爲33〜33.5度，傾斜角/3爲33〜33.5度，傾斜 角 r 爲 30.4〜31.3 度，h/H 爲 37〜42%，r/P 爲 7.2〜8.8，d/P 爲0·33〜1.1%。更好係以傾斜角α爲32.5〜32.9度，傾斜角 召爲32.5〜32.9度，傾斜角r爲30.8〜31.2度，h/H爲 37〜40%，r/P 爲 7·8〜8.2，d/P 爲 0.35〜0.7%。 第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α與第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角 /3的差之絕對値（| α -/? | )爲1.8以上8·5以下的場合， 係使第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α以28〜31.5度，第二棱鏡 面45之傾斜角/3以33〜37度，凸曲面形狀部146之弦的 傾斜角r以31〜35度，稜鏡列之高度（Η)的從稜鏡列之頂 部至凸曲面形狀部146之高度(h)的比率(h/H)以30〜45%， 稜鏡列之間距（P)與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比（r/P)以 6〜9，對稜鏡列之間距(P)的凸曲面形狀部146之弦與凸曲 面形狀部146之最大距離（d)的比率（d/P)以0.43〜2%爲較 好。再好係以傾斜角α爲28.6〜31 ·4度，傾斜角yj爲33.5〜36 度，傾斜角r爲31.5〜35度，h/H爲33〜42%，r/P爲6.8〜8.8， d/P爲0.45〜0.9%。更好係以傾斜角〇；爲28.5〜31.3度，傾 斜角冷爲34.5〜34.9度，傾斜角r爲31.5〜35度，h/H爲 10833pifdoc/008 54 200306442 33〜42%，f/P 爲 7.8〜8·2，d/P 爲 0.5〜0.6%。 又’稜1¾列之最口適形狀的第一*棱鏡面44之傾斜角 α，第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角^，凸曲面形狀部146之弦 的傾斜角r ’對稜鏡列之高（Η)的從稜鏡列之頂部至凸曲 面形狀部146之高度(h)的比率(h/H)，稜鏡列之間距(P) 與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比(r/P)對稜鏡列之間距（P) 的凸曲面形狀部146之弦與凸曲面形狀部146的最大距離 (d)之比率(d/P)之最適範圍，如第1表及第2表所示係以斷 續的存在。在第1表所示之最適範圍係從導光體的出射光 光度分布之半値全幅度爲比較寬之場合（半値全幅度爲26 度以上）者，在第2表所示之最適範圍係從導光體之出射 光光度分布之半値全幅度爲比較狹窄之場合（半値全幅度 爲未滿26度）者。尙且，在第1表及第2表所示範圍係並 非表示最適範圍的全部係表示其一部分者。 10833pif.doc/008 55 200306442 [第1表] a (deg) /3 (deg) 7(deg) h/H(°/〇) r/P d/P(%) 32.5±0.5 33·2 士 0·5 31 士0·5 48 士 4 11.1 士 0.5 0.26 士 0·1 32.5 士 0.5 33.2 士 0.5 31 士0·5 48 士 4 9.3 土 0.5 0.31 士 0·1 32.5 士 0·5 33·2 士 0·5 31 士0·5 48 土 4 8.4 士 0.5 0·34 士 0.1 32.5±0.5 33·2 土 0·5 31 士0·5 48 士 4 7.5 士 0.5 0.38 士 0·1 32.5 土 0·5 33·2 土 0·5 31 土0·5 48 土 4 7.1 士 0·5 0·41 土 0·1 32·5 士 0.5 33·2 士 0·5 31 士0·5 48 士 4 6.6 土 0·5 0.43 土 0·1 32.5 土 0.5 33.2±0.5 31 士0.5 48 士 4 5.5 土 0.5 0_52 土 0.1 32.5 士 0·5 33·2 土 0.5 31 士0·5 30.3 士 4 8 土 0.5 0·66 士 0·1 32.5 士 0.5 33.2 土 0·5 31 士0·5 38·9 士 4 8 士 0.5 0·5 土 0·1 32.5±0.5 33·2 士 0·5 31 士0.5 48 士 4 8 士 0.5 0·36 士 0·1 32·5 士 0·5 33.2 士 0·5 31 土0.5 55.9 士 4 8 士 0·5 0.26 士 0·1 32·5 士 0.5 33·7 士 0.5 31 士0.5 39.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.49 士 0·1 32·7 士 0·5 33.7 士 0·5 31 士0·5 48.4 士 4 7.1±0.5 0.41 士 0·1 32·7 士 0·5 33·7 士 0.5 31 士0.5 39.5 士 4 7.1 士 0.5 0.55 士 0·1 32·7 士 0·5 33.7 士 0.5 31 士0.5 48.4 土 4 8 士 0.5 0·36 土 0·1 32.7 士 0·5 33·7 士 0·5 31 士0·5 39.5 士 4 8 土 0.5 0·48 士 0·1 32·7 士 0.5 33·7 士 0·5 31 士0.5 30.8 士 4 8 士 0.5 0·64 土 0·1 32·7 土 0·5 32·7 士 0·5 30 士 0.5 38.3 士 4 7.1±0.5 0·58 士 0·1 32.7 士 Θ.5 32·7 士 0.5 31 士0·5 47.8 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.36 土 0.1 32.7 士 0.5 32·7 士 0·5 31 士0.5 38·7 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.5±0.1 32·7 土 0·5 32·7 士 0.5 31 土0.5 30.2 土 4 8 士 0.5 0·66 士 0·1 32.7 士 0.5 32.7 士 0·5 31 士0.5 30.2±4 10士 〇·5 0.53 士 0.1 56 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 32.7 士 0·5 32.7 士 0.5 30 士 0.5 47.3 士 4 8 土 0.5 0.37 士 0.1 32·7 士 0·5 32.7 士 0·5 30 士 0.5 38.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.51 士 0.1 33·7 士 0.5 33·7 士 0·5 31 士0·5 40.8 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.44 士 0.1 30·5 士 0.5 35·5 士 0·5 33.07土 0.5 41 土 4 6.8±0.5 0.57 士 0.1 30·7 士 0·5 34 士 0.5 30 士 0.5 36.8 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.57±0.1 28·7 士 0·5 36·7 士 0·5 34 士 0.5 38·4 土 4 8 士 0.5 0.55±0.1 30·7 士 0.5 34·7 士 0·5 32 士 0.5 38.3 士 4 5.3±0.5 0.81 土 0.1 30.7 士 0.5 34.7 士 0.5 32 士 0.5 38.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.53 土 0.1 30·7 士 0.5 34.7 士 0.5 32 士 0.5 38.3 土 4 10 士 0·5 0·43 士 0·1 31.7士0.5 33.7 士 0.5 31 士0.5 38·3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.52 士 0.1 29·7 士 0·5 35·7 士 0·5 33 士 0.5 38.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.54 士 0·1 57 10833pifdoc/008 200306442 [第2表] a (deg) β (deg) Τ(deg) h/H(%) r/P d/P(%) 32·5 士 0·5 33·2 士 0·5 31 士0·5 48 士 4 7·5 士 0·5 0·38 士 0·1 32.5 士 0·5 33.2 士 0·5 31 士0·5 48 士 4 7.08 士 0.5 0.41 士 〇·1 32·5 士 0·5 33·2 士 0·5 31 士0·5 48 士 4 6.64 士 0.5 0.43 士 0·1 32.5 士 0.5 33·2±0·5 31 土0·5 30.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.66 士 0·1 32.5 士 0·5 33.2 土 0.5 31 士0·5 48 土 4 8 土 0.5 0.36 土 0·1 32·5 士 0·5 33·7 士 0·5 31 士0.5 39.3 士 4 8 土 0.5 0·49 士 0·1 32·7 士 0.5 33·7 士 0.5 30±0.5 39.5 士 4 7.08 土 0.5 0·55 土 0·1 32·7 士 0.5 33.7士 0.5 31±0·5 39.5 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.48 士 0.1 32·7 士 0·5 33.7 士 0·5 31 士0·5 30·8 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.6牡0.1 32.7 士 0·5 32·7 士 0·5 30 士 0·5 38.3 士 4 7.08 士 0.5 0.58 士 0·1 32·7 士 0.5 32.7 士 0.5 30 士 0.5 47.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.37 士 〇·1 31·7 士 0·5 33.7 士 0·5 31 士0.5 38.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0·52 土 〇·1 30·7 士 0·5 34.7 士 0.5 32 士 0.5 38·3 士 4 8 土 0.5 0·53 士 〇·1 29·7 士 0.5 35.7 士 0·5 33 士 0.5 38.3 士 4 8 士 0.5 0.54 士 0.1 28·7 士 0·5 36.7 士 0.5 34 士 0.5 38.4 士 4 8 士 0.5 0·55 士 〇·1 第二稜鏡面45之形狀係例如以如下之方式加以設定。 即，設定由傾斜角α及/5兩稜鏡面所構成之斷面三角 形狀的假想稜鏡列I。此假想稜鏡列I之兩稜鏡面1-1、1-2 之傾斜角α及/3，係以使從導光體之光出射面33所到來 之光的ΧΖ面內之強度分布的峰値出射光(傾斜角a)入射於 假想鏡列I，由假想稜鏡面1-2經內面全反射後，從出光 面42向所定方向（較好係對出光面42之法線在±10之範圍) 58 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 出射的方式加以設定。其次，以如以上方式所設定形狀的 假想稜鏡列I之形狀爲基準，爲使至少一方之稜鏡面1-2 的一部分成爲凸曲面形狀，係依凸曲面形狀之弦的傾斜角 r，對稜鏡列之高度（H)的從稜鏡列之頂部至凸曲面形狀 部146之高度（h)的比率（h/H)、稜鏡列之間距(P)與凸曲面 形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比(r/P)或對稜鏡列之間距（P)的凸曲面 形狀部146之弦與凸曲面形狀部146的最大離（d)之比率 (d/P)加以設定凸曲面形狀部146,以決定實際稜鏡列之形 狀。尙且，在第32圖所示之K2係想像從導光體3之光出 射面33所出射之光的出射光光度分布之峰値出射光（出傾 斜角a)掠過鄰接一次光源1側之稜鏡列的頂部入射於假想 稜鏡列I所設定之假想光，此假想光通過假想稜稜鏡面I-1之位置K1，到達假想稜鏡面1-2之位置。 例如，想像使在假想稜鏡列I之位置K2以內面全反射 之光出射於出光面42之法線方向的場合時，在第32圖所 示尺寸z(稜鏡列之頂點與假想稜鏡面1-2之內面反射位置 K2之間的Z方向距離）由（4)式： z={(P · tana · cot[0 /2]/ (tan a +cot[ Θ /2])} · [cot [ Θ /2] + {cot 0 / (cot [ 0 /2]- cot 0 }) ...........(4) 所示之値以上的Z方向位置，實際之稜鏡面係可使具有比 以下之（5)式： ncos[3 Θ /2]=Sin( α -[θ /2]) .........(5) 所表不之假想稜鏡列I之稜鏡面1-2的傾斜角較大之傾斜 10833pifdoc/008 59 200306442 角（尙且’式中η係稜鏡列之折射率）。 藉由如上述之方式加以設定入光面41之稜鏡列形狀之 關係’可使從光偏向元件4所出射的光之分布角度（半値 全幅度）加以變小。其理由係如下。即，在假想稜鏡列〗到 達於比稜鏡面1-2之內面全射射位置K2較靠近於出光面42 位置的光係從比一次光源側之鄰接假想稜鏡列的頂部較下 側以比a大的傾斜角所入射之光線的集合。從而，其分布 峰値之方向係比a大之傾斜方向，其內面全反射之分布峰 値的方向係成爲從出光面42之法線方向移向沿內面全反 射之假想稜鏡面方向之一方傾斜之方向。此種光係呈現使 從出光面42之出射光的角度分布加以擴寬之作用。於是， 爲使光量以集中出射於特定方向，藉由在假想稜鏡列I之 比稜鏡面1-2的內面全反射位置K2較靠近出光面42之位 置使實際之稜鏡列的稜鏡面之傾斜角比所對應之假想稜鏡 面之傾斜角較大時，在此領域可加以修正以使實際內面全 反射之光的進行方向比假想稜鏡面之反射光較能移動於出 光面42之法線方向的一方，可圖謀高輝度化，狹視野化。 在本發明，凸曲面形狀部146係藉由在對稜鏡列之高度（H) 的從稜鏡列之頂部至凸曲面形狀部146之高度（h)的比率 (h/H)成爲25〜60%之位置開始加以形成凸曲面形狀部146 時’可圖S某如上述之局輝度化、狹視野化，係以3 0〜5 6% 之範圍較好，再好係33〜50%之範圍。此係離開h/H爲 25〜60%之範圍時有導致輝度低降的傾向。 在此，第一稜鏡面44之傾斜角α爲避免輝度之低降係 10833pif.doc/008 60 200306442 以在28〜34度之範圍爲較好，再好28.5〜34度之範圍，更 好係在29.5〜33.9度之範圍。又，第二稜鏡面45之傾斜角 /3爲避免出射光輝度分布之峰値角度由大偏向所引起之輝 度低降係以32.5〜37度之範圍較好，再好係在32.7〜35度 之範圍，更好係在33〜34.9度之範圍。 在此，凸曲面形狀部146係以使其曲率半徑⑴與稜鏡 列之間距（P)之比（r/P)在5〜11之範圍爲較好，再好係在 5.2〜10.5之範圍，更好係在5.3〜10之範圍。此係藉由使r/P 在此範圍時可使從光偏向元件4之出光面42所出射的出 射光輝度分布之半値全幅度充分狹窄，能充分提高光源裝 置的輝度。例如，在稜鏡列之間距爲40〜60/zm的場合， 曲率半徑r係以在200〜660//m之範圍爲較好，再好係在 205〜630 // m範圍，更好係在210〜600 // m之範圍。 又，對凸曲面形狀部146，係以對稜鏡列之間距（P)的 凸曲面形狀部146之弦與凸曲面形狀部146之最大距離d 之比率（d/P)使在0.2〜2%之範圍成爲比較緩的面形狀爲較 好，再好係在〇·2〜1.5%之範圍，更好係在0.25〜1.1%之範 圍。此係，d/P超過2%時由光偏向元件4之聚光效果損失 有起光之發散的傾向，在於從光偏向元件4之出光面42 所出射的出射光輝度分布之半値全幅度有不能使充分狹窄 之傾向的關係。相反的，d/p爲未滿〇·2%時，由光偏向元 件4之聚光效果有不充分之傾向’從光偏向元件4之出光 面42所出射的出射光輝度分布之半値全幅度有不能使充 分狹窄之傾向的關係。 10833pif.doc/008 61 200306442 在第二稜鏡面45之大略平面部147與凸曲面形狀部 146的接連部分（境界部分）係以使其境界點之凸曲面形狀 部146與大略平面部147之傾斜成爲相等之方式，即雖可 加以設計成以順利接連，也可藉由在其接連部分之稜鏡列 形成面43之法線與連結凸曲面形狀部146之兩端部Q1、 Q2的平面（凸曲面形狀部之弦）之角度（傾斜角r)使在 30〜35度之範圍時，雖大略平面部147與凸曲面形狀部146 之接連部分的傾斜成爲以不連續接連的場合，也可藉由調 整第二稜鏡面之傾斜角/3及凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴與稜 稜鏡列之間距（P)的比(r/P)，可取得不導致光學特性之低降 的優良光偏向元件。此傾斜角r係以在30.4〜35度之範圍 較好，再好係在30.8〜35度之範圍。 在本發明，具有如上述之凸曲面形狀部146的稜鏡面 係以至少形成於從一次光源較遠側之面（第二稜鏡面45)爲 宜。藉此，在導光體3之端面32也配置一次光源的場合 之從光偏向元件4所出射的光之分布角度可充分加以變 小。具有凸曲面形狀部146之稜鏡面，例如，在導光體3 傳導之光’在與光入射面31相反側之端面32所反射返回 的比率比較高之場合或，在導光體3之對向的兩端面各配 置一次光源1之場合，係以使靠近一次光源1側之稜鏡面 (第一稜鏡面44)也以同樣形狀爲宜。一方面，在導光體3 傳導之光，在與光入射面31相反側之端面32反射返回之 比率比較低的場合’靠近一次光源之稜鏡面也可使成爲大 略平面。又’本發明之光偏向元件4，因其稜鏡列之頂部 10833pif.d〇c/008 62 200306442 係由兩個大略平面所構成之關係，爲稜鏡列之形成，可正 確加以形成成形用模型構件之形狀轉移面形狀，能抑止使 光向元件4載置於導光體3時的粘附製品缺陷現象。 在本發明之光偏向元件，以精確製作所期望之稜鏡形 狀，可取得安定的光學性能之同時，爲抑止組立作業時或 以面光源裝置使用時之稜鏡頂部之摩損或變形的目的，也 可在稜鏡列之頂部形成平坦部或曲面部。此種場合，在稜 鏡頂部形成平坦部或面部之寬度，從抑止面光源裝置之輝 度低降或由粘附製品缺陷現象所引起之輝度不均一圖形之 發生觀點，係以在3//m以下爲較好，再好係在2//m以 下，更好係在l//m以下。 又，在本發明，爲調整面光源裝置之視野角或爲提昇 品質之目的，也可在光偏向元件之出光面側形成光擴散 層，或在稜鏡列中使含有光擴散劑。對於光擴散層，可藉 由在光偏向元件之出光面側載置光擴散元件，或在出光面 側以與光偏向元件成爲一體的方式形成光擴散層等加以形 成。此種場合，爲不妨礙由光偏向元件之狹視野之的輝度 提昇效果，係以形成各向異擴散性之光擴散層使光擴散於 所期望之方向爲宜。對於分散於稜鏡列之光擴散劑，係可 使用與稜鏡列折射率相異之透明微粒子。此種場合，以盡 量不妨礙由光偏向元件之狹視野化的輝度提昇效果，加以 選定光擴散劑之含有量，粒徑、折射率等。 如此，藉由在導光體3之光出射面33上，將上述之光 偏向元件4,以使其稜鏡列形成面成爲入光面側之狀態加 63 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 以載置時，可使從導光體3之光出射面33所出射的指向 性出射光之在XZ面內的出射光光度分布更狹窄，能圖謀 光源裝置之高輝度化、狹視野化。此種從光偏向元件4的 出射光之在XZ面內的出射光輝度分布之半値全幅度係以 在5〜25度之範圍爲較好，再好係在10〜20度之範圍，更 好係在12〜18度之範圍。此係藉由使此出射光輝度分布之 半値全幅度在5度以上時可消除由極端狹視野化所引起的 畫像等之難視性，藉由在25度以下時可圖謀高輝度化與 狹視野化之關係。 在本發明之光偏向元件4之狹視野化係受從導光體3 之光出射面33之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之擴廣程度(半 値全幅度)影響的關係，從光偏向元件4之出光面42的出 射光輝度分布之半値全幅度A之對從導光體3之光出射面 33的出射光光度分布之半値全幅度B的比率也依從導光 體3出射光光度分布之半値全幅度B而變。例如，在從導 光體3的出射光光度分布之半値全幅度B爲未滿26度的 場合，半値全幅度A係以在半値全幅度B的30〜95%之範 圍爲較好，再好係在30〜80%之範圍，更好係在30〜70%之 範圍。又，在從導光體3的出射光光度分布之半値全幅度 B爲26度以上之場合，半値全幅度A係以在半値全幅度 B的30〜80%之範圍爲較好，再好係在30〜70%之範圍，更 好係在30〜60%之範圍。特別，在從導光體3的出射光光 度分布之半値全幅度B爲26〜36度之場合，半値全幅度A 係以在半値全幅度B的30〜80%之範圍爲較好，再好係在 10833pif.doc/008 64 200306442 30〜70之範圍，更好係在30〜60%之範圍。更且，在從導 光體3的出射光光度分布之半値全幅度B超過36度之場 合，半値全幅度A係以在半値全幅度B的30〜70%之範圍 爲較好，再好係在30〜60%之範圍，更好係在30〜50%之範 圍。 一般欲提高導光體之出射效率時，似覺從導光體3之 出射光光度分布之半値全幅度B變大而聚光效率低降，實 際上係如上述狹視野化之效果變大之關係在狹視野化的效 率及面光源裝置的光利用效率之觀點，係以使用與出射光 光度分布之半値全幅度B爲26度以上之導光體組合的光 偏向元件爲較好，再好爲半値全幅度B超過36度之導光 體。又，從導光體3的出射光光度分布之半値全幅度爲小 的場合雖狹視野化之效果變小，從導光體3的出射光光度 分布之半値全幅度愈小愈能圖謀高輝度化之關係，在高輝 度化之觀點係以使用與出射光光度分布之半値全幅度B爲 未滿26度之導光體組合的光偏向元件爲宜。 對一次光源使LED光源等之大略點狀光源以鄰接配置 於導光體3之隅角等加以使用之場合，入射於導光體3之 光係在與光出射面33平行之平面內大略以一次光源1爲 中心，在導光體3中以放射狀傳導，從光出射面33所出 射之出射光也同樣以一次光源1爲中心之放射狀加以出 射。使此種以放射狀出射之出射光不關其出射方向如欲以 有效率的偏向於所期望之方向時，將形成於光偏向元4之 稜鏡列以大略弧狀延伸，使此以圍繞一次光源1之方式加 10833pif.doc/008 65 200306442 以並列配置爲宜。如此，藉由使稜鏡列以圍繞一次光源1 之方式以大略弧狀的並列配置時，幾乎從光出射面3 3以 放射狀出射之光的大部份對光偏向元件4之稜鏡列的延伸 方向大略以垂直入射之關係，在導光體3之光出射面33 的全領域可使出射光以良好效率指向特定方向，可提昇輝 度之均一性。在光偏向元件4所形成之大略弧狀的稜鏡列 係按照在導光體3中傳導之光的分布以選定其弧狀程度， 使從光出射面33以放射狀出射之光的幾乎全部能對光偏 向元件4之稜鏡列之延伸方向大略以垂直入射爲宜。具體 的係可舉使LED等之點狀光源爲大略中心之同心圓狀的 圓弧半徑逐漸變大之方式以大略並列配置者，稜鏡列之半 徑範圍，係由在面光源系統之點狀光源的位置與，相當於 液晶顯示元件之顯示區域之面光源的有效區域之位置關係 或大小加以適宜決定。 本發明之光偏向元件4係可由與關連在第1圖的其他 實施形態所說明者同樣之光透射率高的合成樹脂加以構 成。 在由如以上之一次光源1、光源反射器2、導光體3、 光偏向元件4及光反射元件5所構成之面光源裝置之發光 面（光偏向元件4之出光面42)上，藉由配置液晶顯示元件 以構成液晶顯示裝置。液晶顯示裝置係從第31圖之上方 經液晶顯示元件由觀察者加以觀察。又，在本發明，可使 充分瞄準之狹分布光從面光源裝置入射於液晶顯示元丨牛之 關係，在液晶顯示元件無階調反轉等，可得明亮，色相之 10833pifdoc/008 66 200306442 均一性良好的畫像顯示之同時，可得集中於所期望的方向 之光照射，可提高一次光源之發光光量對此方向之照射的 利用效率。 使用本發明之光偏向元件的光源裝置之出射光輝度分 布係以峰値位置爲界，在一次光源側之出射光輝度分布愈 從峰値角度遠離輝度係以急劇低降，在從一次光源較遠側 之出射光輝度分布係以比較緩的低降輝度，表示成爲非對 稱之出射光輝度分布。例如，將此種出射光輝度分布之光 源裝置使用於10英吋以上之筆記型個人電腦等之必要比 較廣視野角的液晶顯示裝置之場合，使光擴散性比較高之 光擴散元件配置於光偏向元件之出光面上，以進行擴廣出 射光輝度分布而加寬視野角。在使用霧化値爲50%以上之 光擴散性強的光擴散元件之場合，出射光輝度分布之峰値 角度係以1〜3度程度偏向於從一次元源較遠側。因此，從 光偏向元件的出射光輝度分布之峰値角度位置於其出光面 之法線方向的場合，由光擴散元件，出射光輝度分布之峰 値角度係從法線方向以1〜3度程度偏向於從一次光源較遠 側，結果從法線方向觀察的場合輝度係以極端的低降。此 係藉由使用光擴散元件，雖多少可緩和從光偏向元件所出 射的出射光輝度分布之非對稱性，因出射光輝度分布之以 比較，劇低降輝度的部分，位置於法線方向之關係。爲避 免比種輝度之麵麟’舰預先㈣光融件元件的出 射光輝度分布之峰値角度從法線方向以〗〜3度偏向於一次 光源側爲宜。 10833pif doc/008 67 200306442 以下，依實施例以具體的說明本發明。 尙且，在以下之實施例的各特性値之測定係如下述的 方法進行。 法線輝度、半値全幅度、峰値角度之測定 一次光源係使用冷陰極管，在其驅動電路之變換器 (inverter)[Harrison 公司製 HIU-742A]施加 DV12V，以高 頻點燈。法線輝度係將面光源裝置或導光體之表面在20mm 四方的正方形以3x5分割，以求各正方形之法線方向的輝 度値之15點平均。導光體之光度半値全幅度係，在導光 體之表面使具有4mm0之針孔（pinhole)之黑色紙以使針孔 位置於導光體表面之中央的方式加以固定，調整距離以至 輝度儀之測定圓成爲8〜9mm，在冷陰極管之長軸方向軸與 垂直方向及平行方向以針孔爲中心調節以使測角（gonio)迴 轉軸能迴轉。在各方向使迴轉軸從+ 80度〜-80度以1度間 隔迴轉以輝度儀測定出射光之光度分布(XZ面內），以求峰 値角度，半値全幅度（峰値之1/2以上値之分布（XZ面內） 的分散角度）。又，面光源裝置之輝度半値全幅度係，使 輝度儀之視野角度爲0.1度，以面光源裝置之發光面的中 央爲測定位置調節使測角迴轉軸能迴轉。在各方向使迴轉 軸從+ 80度〜-80度以1度間隔迴轉，以輝度儀測定出射光 之輝度分布（XZ面內），以求峰値角度，半値全幅度（峰値 之1/2以上値之分布(XZ面內）的分散角度）。 平均傾斜角（Θ a)之測定 依照 IS04287/1-1987,觸針係使用 010-2528(1 // mR· 55 10833pifdoc/008 68 200306442 度圓錐、金剛石）的觸針型表面粗糙儀（東京精器公司製廿 —)〕厶570A)，以驅動速度爲0.03mm/秒測定粗面之粗 糙度。由此測定所得之記錄表格，減去其平均線加以補正 傾斜，由上述（1)式及(2)式計算求得。 量化値之測定 依照JIS K7105之B法，使50mm X 50mm大小之試 樣以用積分球式反射透射率儀(村上色彩技術硏究社製RT-1〇〇型）求得之全光線透射率（Tt)、擴散光線透射率（Td)， 依下式（6)計算求得之。 霧化値(％)=Td/Tt……(6) 光擴散元件之出射光光度分布之半値全幅度的JJ1定 對50mm X 50mm大小之試樣，由自動變角光度儀(村 上色彩硏究社製GP-200型)進行測定，所求得之峰値光度 之1/2光度的半値半幅角度之兩倍爲半値全幅角度U)。 尙且，入射於試樣之光係從光源之光由聚焦透鏡（condenser lens)聚光於針孔，經過准直儀透鏡（collimator lens)成爲平 行光（平行度± 0.5度以下），通過光束光圈（開口徑1〇·5 mm) 入射於試樣之入射面。透過試樣之光經受光透鏡（開口徑 11.4mm)(試樣面爲平滑的場合，係聚光於受光光圈之位 置），通過受光光圈達到受光元件’以電壓値輸出。又’ 使試樣迴轉進行同樣之測定’以求得最大半値全幅度（Max α )與最小半値全幅度(Mina )。 [實施例1] 使用丙烯酸樹脂(acryl resin)(三菱RAYON公司製7夕 69 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 U 卜VH5#000)由射出成形製作一方之面爲消光（mat) 的導光體。該導光體係呈爲216mm X 290mmm，厚度 2.0mm-0.7mm之楔子板狀。在此導光體之鏡面側，以與導 光體之長度216mm邊（短邊)平行，由丙烯酸系紫外線硬化 樹脂形成稜鏡列之稜鏡頂角1〇〇° 、間距50//m之稜鏡列 以並列連設配置的稜鏡層。沿對應於導光體之長度290mm 之邊（長邊）之一方的側端面（厚度2.0mm之側端面）配置冷 陰極管以光源反射器（麗光社製銀反射薄膜）覆蓋。更且， 在其他之側端面貼附光擴散反射薄膜（東麗公司製E60)。 在稜鏡列排列面（背面）配置反射薄層。將以上之構成結構 組入框架。此導光體在垂直於光入射面及光出射面之雙方 的面內之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之最大峰値角度對光出 射面法線方向爲70度，半値全幅度爲22.5度。 一方面，用折射率1.5064之丙烯酸系紫外線硬化樹脂， 如第3表所示，使構成稜鏡列之一方的稜鏡面（第一稜鏡 面）與法線所成角度（α)爲32.5度之平面，使他方之稜鏡 面（第二稜鏡面）從稜鏡頂部至稜鏡列之高度21.4//m爲斷 面橢圖形狀（與長軸之交點的曲率半徑爲400 //m與短軸之 交點的曲率半徑爲800//m之橢圖形狀的與短軸之交點近 傍）的凸曲面(傾斜角56·6度、/5=33.8度），從稜鏡頂部之 稜鏡列的高度21.4//m以上爲曲率半徑400//m之斷面圓 弧形狀的凸曲面（傾斜角=59.0度）之兩凸曲面（從稜鏡頂部 側之區域1、2)所構成之間距56.5//m的稜鏡列以大略並 列所連設的稜鏡列形成面，使此稜鏡列形成面形成於厚度 10833pif.doc/008 70 200306442 125 // m之聚酯（polyester)薄膜之一方的表面以製作稜鏡薄 層（prism sheet)。稜鏡薄層之第二稜鏡面與假想平面的最 大距離⑷對稜鏡列之間距(P)的比率（d/P)爲1.03%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，以稜鏡列形成面向上述導光體之 光出射面側’棱鏡之棱線平行於導光體之光入射面，第一^ 稜鏡面在一次光源側之方式載置於上述導光體之光出射面 側以得面光源裝置。求在垂直於此面光源裝置之光入射面 及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內），加 以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、峰値角 度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度），有峰 値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|Δ0α-Δ0ΐ3|)， 將其結果表示於第4表。 [實施例2] 使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面，如第3表所示，從稜鏡 頂部至稜鏡列之高度16//m爲傾斜角55.2度之平面（/? =34.8度），從稜鏡列之高度16//m至稜鏡底部由接近稜鏡 頂部側開始傾斜角爲55.5度、56.2度、57.0度、57.8度、 58.4度、59.4度之同一寬度的六個平面，共計由七個平面 (從稜鏡頂部側之區域1、2、.····7)構成以外，係與實施例 1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。稜鏡薄層之第二稜鏡面與假想 平面之最大距離⑷對稜鏡列之間距（P)的比率（d/P)爲 1.10%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面 側以使稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體的光出射面，稜鏡的稜 10833pifdoc/008 71 200306442 線平行於導光體之光入射面’第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之 方式加以載置以得面光源裝置。求在垂直於此面光源裝置 之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布 (XZ面內），加以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度 比率、峰値角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全 幅度）、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|/\6^-△ 0 b | )，將其結果表不於第4表。 [實施例3] 使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面，如第3表所示，從稜鏡 頂部至稜鏡列之高度10.6//m爲傾斜角56.4度之平面（点 =3 8.6度），稜鏡列之高度10.6 /z m〜21.3 // m爲傾斜角56.8 度之平面，稜鏡列之高度21.3//m以上爲曲率半徑400// m之斷面圓弧形狀的凸曲面(傾斜角=59.2度）之由二個平面 與一個凸曲面（從稜鏡頂部側爲區域1、2、3)所構成以外， 係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。稜鏡薄層之第二稜 鏡面與假想平面的最大距離（d)對稜鏡列之間距（p)的比率 (d/P)爲 1.03%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體之光出射面 側以使稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體的光出射面，稜鏡的稜 線平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之 方式加以載置’以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置 之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布 (XZ面內），加以測定以比較例丨爲基準之場合的峰値輝度 比率，峰値角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全 10833pifdoc/008 72 200306442 幅度）、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|0心 Θ b |)’將其結果表不於第4表。 [實施例4] 使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面，如第3表所示，從稜鏡 頂部至稜鏡列之咼度21.5//m爲傾斜角56.8度之平面（/5 = 33.2度），稜鏡列之高度21.5//m以上爲傾斜角58.7度之 平面的由兩個平面（從稜鏡頂部側爲區域1、2)所構成以 外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。稜鏡薄層之第 二稜鏡面與假想平面之最大距離（d)對稜鏡列之間距（P)的 比率(d/P)爲 0.76%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面 側以稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜線 平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之方 式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之 光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布（XZ 面內），加以側定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比 率、峰値角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅 度），有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|Δ 0 a-△ 0b|)，將其結果表示於第4表。 [實施例5] 如第3表所示，使構成稜鏡列之第一稜鏡面與法線所 成的€度（α)爲29.0度，使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面，從 稜鏡頂部至稜鏡列之高度16.0//m爲傾斜角55.3度之平 面（/3 =34.7度），從稜鏡列之高度16.0//m至稜鏡底部由 10833pif.doc/008 73 200306442 接近稜鏡頂部側開始傾斜角爲55·7度、56.5度、57·4度、 58.2度、59.0度、59.6度、60.3度之同一寬度的七個平面， 共計由八個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域丨、2、·…·8)所 構成以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。稜鏡薄 層之第二稜鏡面與假想平面之最大距離（d)對稜鏡列之間距 (P)的比率（d/P)爲 0.73%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面 側’以稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜 線平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之 方式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置 之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布， 加以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、峰値 角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度的角度（半値全幅度）、有 峰値輝度之1/2的輝度的角度差之絕對値（!△ 0b|)， 將其結果表不於第4表。 [實施例6] 如第3表所示，使實施例5之從稜鏡列高度16.0 至稜鏡底部之七個區域以通過各境界的曲面加以構成（從 接近稜鏡頂部開始各區域之傾斜角爲55.4度、56.2度、57.1 度、57.9度、58·7、59.3度、60.0度）以外，係與實施例1 同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。稜鏡薄層之第二稜鏡面與假想平 面之最大距離（d)對稜鏡列之間距（Ρ)的比率（d/P)爲0.68%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面 側，以稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜 10833pif.doc/008 74 200306442 線平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之 方式加以載置’以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置 之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布’ 加以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、峰値 角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有 峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（ΙΔ Θ a-△ 0 b|)， 將其結果表示於第4表。 [實施例7] 如第3表所示，使構成稜鏡列之第一稜鏡面與法線所 成的角度（α)爲15·0度之平面’使第二稜鏡面從稜鏡頂部 至稜鏡列之高度10.4//m爲傾斜角52.0度之平面（0=38 度），從稜鏡列之高度10.4#m至稜鏡底部由接近稜鏡頂 部側開始傾斜角爲52.6度、52.8度、53.7度、54.5度、55.3 度、56.1度、56·8度、57.5度、58.4度、60.0度之同一寬 度的十個平面之由十一個平面(從稜鏡頂部開始爲區域1、 2、·····11)所構成以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡 薄層。稜鏡薄層之第二稜鏡面與假想平面的最大距離（d)對 稜鏡列之間距(P)的比率(d/P)爲1.48%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在與實施例1之導光體的光出射 面側，以稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的 稜線平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側 之方式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝 置之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分 布，加以測定以實施例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、 10833pif.doc/008 75 200306442 峰値角度，有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、 有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（!△ Θ a-△ (9 b|)，將其結果表示於第4表。 [實施例8] 如第3表所示’使構成稜鏡列之第一稜鏡面與法線所 成的角度（α)爲10.0度之平面’使第二稜鏡面從稜鏡頂部 至稜鏡列之高度11.5/zm爲傾斜角52.0度之平面（/3=38.0 度）’從棱鏡列之尚度11.5# m至棱^底部由接近棱鏡頂 部開始傾斜角爲52.6度、52·8度、53·7度、54.5度、55.3 度、56.1度、56.8度、57.5度、58.4度、60·0度之同一寬 度的十個平面之由十一個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域 1、2、.….11)所構成外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡 薄層。棱鏡薄層之第二稜鏡面與假想平面的最大距離（句對 稜鏡列之間距(Ρ)的比率（d/p)爲i.64%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層’在與實施例1之導光體的光出射 面側，以稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體之光出射面’稜鏡的 稜線平行於導光體之光入射面’第一稜鏡面在一次光源側 之方式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝 置之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分 布，加以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、 峰値角度，有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、 有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（I A ea-Δθ b|)，將其結果表示於第4表。 [實施例9] 10833pifdoc/008 76 200306442 如第3表所示，使構成稜鏡列之第一稜鏡面與法線所 成的角度（α)爲5度之平面，使第二稜鏡面從稜鏡頂部至 稜鏡列之高度12.9// m爲傾斜角52.0度之平面（/3 =38度）， 從稜鏡列之高度12.9//m至稜鏡底部由接近稜鏡頂部側開 始傾斜角爲52.6度、52.8度、53·7度、54.5度、55.3度、 56.1度、56.8度、57.5度、58·4度、60.0度之同一寬度的 十個平面之由十一個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域i、 2、·.···11)所構成以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡 薄層。稜鏡薄層之第二稜鏡面與假想平面的最大距離（d)對 稜鏡列之間距(P)的比率（d/P)爲；L83%。 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在與實施例1之導光體的光出射 面側，以稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的 稜線平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側 之方式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝 置之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分 布，加以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、 峰値角度，有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、 有峰値輝度之丨/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値 b|)，將其結果表示於第4表。 [實施例10] 如第3表所示，使構成稜鏡列之第一稜鏡面與法線所 成的角度（α)爲0.1度之平面，使第二稜鏡面從稜鏡頂部 至稜鏡列之高度14.5//m爲傾斜角52.0度之平面（/3=38 度），從稜鏡列之高度14.5//m至稜鏡底部由接近棱鏡頂 10833pif.doc/008 77 200306442 部側開始傾斜角爲52.6度、52.8度、53.7度、54·5度、55.3 度、56· 1度、56·8度、57.5度、58.4度、60.0度之同一^寬 度的十個平面之由十一個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域 1、2、..…11)所構成以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜 鏡薄層。稜鏡薄層之第二稜鏡面與假想平面的最大距離（d) 對稜鏡列之間距(P)的比率(d/P)爲2·06% ° 使所得之稜鏡薄層，在與實施例1之導光體的光出射 面側，以稜鏡列形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的 稜線平行於導光體之光入射面’第一稜鏡面在一次光源側 之方式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝 置之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分 布，加以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、 峰値角度，有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、 有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|Δ Θ b|)，將其結果表示於第4表。 [比較例1] 使稜鏡薄層之稜鏡列，兩個稜鏡面均爲平面，稜鏡頂 角爲65.4度之斷面等邊三角形（a =/3=32.7度）以外，係與 實施例1同樣以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之 光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布（ΧΖ 面內），以峰値輝度爲1.00，加以測定峰値角度、有峰値 輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有峰値輝度之1/2 的輝度之角度差的絕對値（| △ Θ a- △ 0 b|)，將其結果表不 於第4表。 10833pif.doc/008 78 200306442In general, when it is desired to improve the light output efficiency of the light guide plate, the half-full width B of the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light guide body 3 becomes larger and the light collecting efficiency is lowered. The relationship between the effect becomes larger. From the viewpoint of the efficiency of narrow field of view and the light utilization efficiency of the surface light source device, it is a combination of light guides with a full width B of 26 degrees or more in the half of the use and output photometric distribution (in the XZ plane). The light deflection element is suitable, and the light guide body with a full width B of more than 36 degrees is better. In addition, when the half width of the light intensity distribution (XZ 10833pifdoc / 008 25 200306442 in the plane) emitted from the light guide body 3 is small, the effect of narrowing the field of vision becomes small, and the light intensity distribution from the light guide body 3 ( In the XZ plane), the smaller the full width of the half-macro, the more it is possible to seek a high-brightness relationship. From the viewpoint of high-brightness, the full-width B of the half-macro of the luminous intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) is used. The light deflection element of the light body combination is suitable. The primary light source 1 is a linear light source extending in the Y direction. The primary light source 1 is, for example, a fluorescent lamp or a cold cathode tube. In addition, in the present invention, the primary light source 1 is not limited to a linear light source, and a point light source such as an LED light source, a halogen lamp, or a metal halide lamp may be used. In particular, when a display device having a relatively small screen size such as a mobile phone or a portable information terminal is used, it is preferable to use a small point light source such as an LED. When the primary light source 1 is provided not only on one side end of the light guide body 3 as shown in FIG. 1, but also on the opposite side end surface as required. For example, when the primary light source 1 is used by placing roughly point-like light sources such as LED light sources at the corners of the light guide 3, etc., the light incident on the light guide 3 is roughly in a plane parallel to the light exit surface 33. With the primary light source 1 as the center, the light guide 3 is transmitted in a radial shape, and the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 is also emitted radially with the primary light source 1 as the center. In order to make such outgoing light emitted in a radial shape regardless of its outgoing direction, if it is to be efficiently deflected to a desired direction, the edge M row formed in the light deflection element 4 is roughly side-by-side enclosed in a substantially arc shape. The light source 1 is preferably arranged. In this way, by arranging the lines in a roughly arc-like manner, and arranging them around a primary light source, the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 is almost as large as 10833 pif. doc / 008 26 200306442 The direction of the extension of the light deflection element 4 is roughly perpendicular to the incident direction. In the whole area of the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3, the outgoing light can be directed in a specific direction with good efficiency. Improve brightness uniformity. The substantially arc-shaped queue formed by the light deflection element 4 is selected in accordance with the distribution of light transmitted in the light guide 3 so that almost all of the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 is emitted in a radial shape. It is preferable that the direction in which the light deflection elements are aligned in the queue can be approximately perpendicularly incident. The specific system can be arranged in such a way that the point-shaped light source of the LED and the like is a roughly concentric circular arc radius that gradually increases. The radius of the arcs in the queue is determined by the area light source system. The position of the point light source is determined by the positional relationship or size of the effective area of the surface light source corresponding to the liquid crystal display area. The light source reflector 2 directs the light from the primary light source 1 to the light guide 3 with a reduced loss. The material is, for example, a plastic film having a metal vapor-deposited reflective layer on the surface. As shown in Fig. 1, the light source reflector 2 is wound from the outside of the end edge portion of the light reflecting element 5 to the end edge portion of the light emitting element 6 through the outer surface of the primary light source 1. In addition, the light source reflector 2 can avoid the light diffusing element 6 and is wound from the outside of the edge of the light reflecting element 5 through the outer surface of the light source 1 to the edge of the light exiting surface of the light deflection element 4 or the light guide 3 The edge of the light exit surface. A reflecting member similar to the light source reflector 2 may be attached to a side end face other than the side end face 31 of the light guide M3. The light reflecting element 5 is, for example, a plastic sheet having a metal-evaporated reflecting layer on the surface. In the present invention, instead of the reflective thin layer of the light reflecting element 5, it can also be 10833pif. doc / 008 27 200306442 A light reflecting layer or the like formed of metal steam or the like on the back surface 34 of the light guide 3. The light guide 3 and the light deflecting element 4 of the present invention can be made of a synthetic resin having a high light transmittance. Examples of such a synthetic resin include a methacrylic resin, an acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polyester resin, and a vinyl chloride resin. ). In particular, a methacrylic resin is most suitable because it has high light transmittance, heat resistance, mechanical properties, and formability. This methacrylic resin is a resin containing methyl methacrylate as a main component, and it is preferable that methyl methacrylate is 80% by weight or more. When forming the surface structure of the rough surface of the light guide 3 and the light deflecting element 4, or the surface structure of the queue, the transparent synthetic resin plate may be formed by hot pressing using a model member having a desired surface structure. It can also be formed by silk screen, extrusion molding, injection molding, etc., and given shape at the same time. Alternatively, the structural surface may be formed using heat or photocurable resin. In addition, a transparent film or sheet made of a polyester resin, an acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, a vinyl chloride resin, a polymethacrylimide resin, or the like may be used. ) And other transparent substrates, the rough surface structure or the lens array structure composed of activation energy linear curing resin is formed on the surface, and the thin layer can be adhered or fused. Bonding and integration on another transparent substrate. The active energy ray-curable resin system can use a polyfunctional (meth) acryl compound [(metha) acryl compound], a vinyl compound (vinyl 10833pif. doc / 008 28 200306442 compound), (meth) acrylic esters, allyl compounds, (metha) acrylic acid, etc. . The light emitting surface of the surface light source device (the light emitting surface of the light diffusing element 6) is composed of the primary light source 1, the light source reflector 2, the light guide 3, the light deflecting element 4, the light reflecting element 5, and the light diffusing element 6. 62), a liquid crystal display device is configured by disposing a liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal display device is observed by an observer through a liquid crystal display element from above in FIG. 1. In addition, in the present invention, a narrowly-distributed light that is sufficiently anchored (collimate) can be incident from a surface light source device to a liquid crystal display element. Brightness and hue uniformity can be obtained in a liquid crystal display element without step inversion. At the same time of good image display, light irradiation focused on the desired direction can be obtained, which can improve the utilization efficiency of the amount of light emitted by the primary light source in this direction. Furthermore, in the present invention, in such a light source device that narrows the field of view by the light deflecting element 4 and achieves local brightness, in order not to cause a decrease in brightness as much as possible, the relationship of the field of view can be appropriately controlled according to the purpose so that light is diffused. The element 6 is disposed adjacent to the light exit surface of the light deflection element 4. Further, in the present invention, by arranging the light diffusing element 6 in this way, it is possible to suppress a strong flare or a brightness spot, which is the cause of the low quality, and to improve the quality. The light diverging element 6 may be formed integrally with the light deflecting element 4 on the light-emitting surface side of the light deflecting element 4, or the light deflecting element 6 may be placed on the light-emitting surface side of the light deflecting element 4. It is preferable to dispose the light deflecting element 6 separately. In the case where the light deflection element 6 is placed, it is at 10833 pif. doc / 008 29 200306442 The incident surface 61 of the light diffusing element 6 opposite to the light deflecting element 4 is preferably an uneven structure to prevent sticking of the product with the light deflecting element 4. Similarly, the exit surface 62 of the light diffusing element 6 needs to consider the defect of the adhesion product with the liquid crystal display element disposed thereon, and also has a surface with an uneven structure on the exit side of the light diffusing element 6. Better. This uneven structure is only attached for the purpose of preventing defects of the adsorbed product, and the average inclination angle is 0. Structures above 7 degrees are better, no less than 1 degrees, more preferably 1. 5 degrees or more. In the present invention, it is preferable to use a light diffusing element 6 having a light diffusing property capable of appropriately diffusing light emitted from the light deflection element 4 in consideration of the balance of luminance characteristics, visibility, and quality. That is, when the light diffusivity of the light diffusing element 6 is low, it is difficult to sufficiently expand the viewing angle to reduce the visibility, and the quality improvement effect tends to be insufficient. On the contrary, when the light diffusivity is too high At the same time, the effect of narrowing the field of view by the light deflection element 4 is lost, and the total light transmittance is also lowered, and the brightness tends to be lowered. Therefore, in the light diffusing element 6 of the present invention, the half width of the luminous intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) when the parallel light is incident is in the range of 1 to 13 degrees. The half-full width of the light distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light-diffusion element 6 is preferably in the range of 3 to 11 degrees, and more preferably 4 to 8. 5 degrees range. Moreover, the full width of the half of the luminous intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light diffusing element 6 of the present invention is as shown in FIG. 21, which shows what kind of parallel light rays incident on the light diffusing element 6 are when they are emitted. The case where the degree is diffused and expanded refers to the angle (Δ 0 10833 pif.) Of the luminous distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light diffused through the light diffusing element 6 to the enlarged angle of the half of the peak 値. doc / 008 30 200306442 Η). Such a light diffusing characteristic is obtained by mixing a light diffusing agent into the light diffusing element 6, and can be imparted to the uneven structure on at least one surface of the light diffusing element 6. The degree of unevenness formed on the surface is different between the case where the light diffusing element 6 is formed on one surface and the case where the uneven structure is formed on both surfaces. In the case where a convex-convex structure is formed on one surface of the light diffusing element 6, the average inclination angle is 0. The range of 8 to 12 degrees is better, and even better is 3. 5 ~ 7 degrees, more preferably 4 ~ 6. 5 degrees. In the case of two uneven sides of the light diffusing element 6 forming a concave-convex structure, the average inclination angle of the concave-convex structure formed on one surface is 0. The range of 8 to 6 degrees is better, 2 to 4 degrees is more preferable, and 2. 5 to 4 degrees. In this case, in order to suppress the lowering of the total light transmittance of the light diffusing element 6, the average inclination angle of the light diffusing element 6 on the incident surface side is larger than the average inclination angle of the output surface side. should. In addition, when the haze 値 of the light diffusing element 6 is in the range of 8 to 82%, it is better from the standpoint of improvement in luminance characteristics and improvement in visibility, more preferably in the range of 30 to 70%, more preferably 40 to 65% range. · In the light source device of the present invention, the display area when viewed from the normal direction of its light emitting surface (the light emitting surface 62 of the light diffusing element 6) (that is, a display element such as a liquid crystal display element used in combination with the light source device) The luminance in the effective light-emitting area corresponding to the effective display area of the LED also requires uniformity. The uniformity of the brightness is also dependent on the size of the display area of the light source. For example, in a large light source device with a large effective display area suitable for a notebook personal computer or a personal computer monitor, a wide viewing angle characteristic is required. Field 10833pif. doc / 008 31 200306442, it is required to make the luminance distribution (in the xz plane) of the light emitted from the light emitting surface wider. On the one hand, in the case of a small light source device suitable for a small effective area such as a mobile phone or a portable information terminal, there is a priority to improve the brightness or the quality of the lighting for image formation. In this case, it can also be used from the light emitting surface. The luminance distribution (in the xz plane) of the emitted light is relatively narrow. Therefore, the light diffusing element 6 is preferably one which has appropriate light diffusing characteristics according to the size of the display area of the light source device. The light diffusion characteristics of the light diffusion element 6 according to the size of the display area of the light source device will be described below. In addition, the size of the display area of the light source device will be described based on its expanded length. Here, the development length of the light source device (the development length of the light guide 3) is as shown in FIG. 22, and the linear cold cathode light source is a primary light source 1 arranged opposite to the light incident surface 31 of the light guide 3 In this case, the longest distance L in the direction of the light guided by the light incident on the light guide 3, that is, the display area AR in the X direction perpendicular to the light incident surface 31. In addition, as shown in FIG. 23, in the case where the light incident surface 31 formed by the corner of the light guide 3 is a primary light source with a point light source such as an LED disposed opposite to it, it means a point light source connected to the AR region 75 The distance L between the furthest position and the nearest position. (1) When the length of the light guide 3 is less than 8 cm, this light source device uses a linear cold cathode tube (one lamp type) or LED as a primary light source. It is used in mobile phones, portable information terminals, The relationship between a display device with a small effective display area such as digital photography and several types does not necessarily increase the viewing angle to such an extent, so as to suppress the light diffusivity such as strong flare or brightness spots caused by low quality. 6 with * and 10833pif. doc / 008 32 200306442 In order to improve light utilization efficiency and maintain high brightness, it is necessary to reduce power consumption. Therefore, the light diffusing element 6 is preferably in the range of 1 to 6 degrees in the half-full width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the χζ plane), more preferably 1 to 5 degrees, and more preferably 2 to 5 degrees. The atomizing ratio is preferably in the range of 8 to 60%, more preferably 8 to 50%, and more preferably 20 to 50%. Furthermore, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the average tilt angle is preferably in the range of 0.8 to 5 degrees, and even more preferably 0. 8 to 4 degrees, more preferably in the range of 2 to 4 degrees. (2) Where the length of the light guide 3 is more than 8cm and less than 23cm (using a lamp-type cold cathode tube as the primary light source 1) This light source device is used in notebook personal computers and desktop personal computers. The relationship between a display device such as a monitor and a relatively small liquid crystal television requires a wider viewing angle, and as the liquid crystal display device is required to have higher resolution, higher quality and higher luminance are required. Therefore, it is better for the light diffusing element 6 to have a full range of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) in the range of 3 to 11 degrees, more preferably 4 to 10 degrees, and more preferably 4 to 9 degrees. . The atomizing ratio is preferably in the range of 30 to 80%, more preferably in the range of 40 to 73%, and more preferably in the range of 45 to 70%. Moreover, in the case where the surface of the light diffusing element 6 is formed with a concave-convex structure, the average inclination angle is preferably in a range of 3 ~ 9.5 degrees, and even more preferably 3. 5 ~ 8. 5 degrees, better tied to 4. 5 to 7 degrees. In particular, in a case where the light guide 3 has an unfolded length of more than 8 cm and less than 18 cm, for example, the necessary viewing angle is slightly narrow because of the display device used in a relatively small notebook personal computer. Therefore, the full-amplitude width of the light-diffusion element 6 based on the outgoing photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) is 10833 pif. doc / 008 33 200306442 The range of 3 to 8 degrees is better, 4 to 8 degrees is more preferable, and the range of 4 to 7 degrees is more preferable. The atomizing tincture is preferably in the range of 30 to 70%, more preferably 40 to 65%, and more preferably in the range of 45 to 60%. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the average tilt angle is preferably in a range of 3 to 7 degrees, and even more preferably 3. 5 ~ 6. 5 degrees, better tied to 4. 5 ~ 6. 5 degree range. In particular, when the expanded length of the light guide 3 is more than 18 cm and less than 22 cm, for example, because of the relationship between a display device used in a relatively large notebook personal computer, a wide viewing angle is necessary, and a display area must be achieved. Uniformity of internal brightness. Therefore, the light-diffusing light member 6 is in the range of the output light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) with a full width of 4 to 10 degrees, preferably 5 to 9 degrees, and more preferably 5 to 8. 5 degrees range. The atomizing ratio is preferably in the range of 40 to 75%, more preferably 50 to 70%, and more preferably 50 to 65%. Moreover, in the case where the uneven structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, its average tilt angle is at 3. The range of 5 to 8 degrees is better, 4 to 7 degrees is more preferable, and it is more preferably 4. 5 ~ 6. 5 degrees range. In particular, when the expanded length of the light guide 3 exceeds 22 cm and is less than 23 cm, it is used for a display device such as a relatively large notebook personal computer. This is a notebook personal computer that uses a lamp-type cold cathode tube as the primary light source 1. The display area of the notebook personal computer is larger. Compared with the light guide 3 with an unfolded length of 22 cm or less, it is necessary to further improve light utilization efficiency. In order to enhance Hui. When it is desired to further increase the brightness, for example, a reflective thin layer disposed on the back surface of the light guide 3 of the light source device, it is necessary to replace the foamed PET reflective film with lower directivity and use a better directivity. Silver 34 10833 pif. doc / 008 200306442 Reflective sheet or metal reflective sheet. However, in the case of using a thin metal reflection layer, there will be strong flares unique to metal reflection, dark lines and glow lines appearing near the light incident surface of the light guide, and dark portions appearing near both ends of the light incident surface of the light guide. Defects, the quality of the light source device tends to be lost. In order to suppress such a low quality, although it is necessary to use a light diffusing element 6 with a high light diffusivity in which the half width of the outgoing light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) exceeds 9 degrees, when such a light diffusing element 6 is used, At the same time that the light diffusivity becomes too large, the relationship that the total light transmittance is drastically lowered is caused, and there is a problem that a sufficiently high luminance cannot be obtained. Therefore, in order to suppress such a low quality by the light guide 3 or the light deflection element 4, the light diffusing element 6 uses a range of 5 to 11 degrees when the half width of the luminous intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) is used. Well, no matter how good it is 6 to 10 degrees, and more preferably in the range of 7 to 9 degrees. The fogging is preferably performed in a range of 50 to 80%, more preferably 55 to 73%, and more preferably in a range of 55 to 70%. Furthermore, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light source diffusion element 6, the average inclination angle is 4. 5 ~ 9. The range of 5 degrees is better, and even better is 5 ~ 8. 5 degrees, more preferably in the range of 5 to 7 degrees. (3) Where the length of the light guide 3 is more than 8cm and less than 28cm (multi-lamp type cold cathode tube is used as the primary light source 1) This light source device is used for monitors and LCD TVs of desktop personal computers The relationship between the display of the machine and the device 'must have a wide viewing angle and high brightness. Therefore, the primary light source 1 is a multi-lamp type in which one or more cold-cathode tubes are arranged on each of the light guide bodies 3 at substantially parallel ends. For this kind of light source device, and those who use a lamp type primary light source, 10833pif. doc / 008 35 200306442 The visibility of quality is different. As described below, the asymmetry of the emitted light intensity distribution (in the xz plane) disappears, and the outgoing light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) near the center of the light source device. As shown in FIG. 24, the symmetry is also improved when the light diffusing element 6 is not used. Furthermore, the luminance distributions (in the XZ plane) near the two ends of the primary light source, D2 and D3, are each affected by the light guided by the light emitted from the nearest light source and become asymmetric. The outgoing light intensity distribution (in XZ plane). That is, in the vicinity of the left end of FIG. 24, the outgoing light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) D2 is close to the primary light source side, and there is a relationship of tailing tendency of a gentle slope at the center side of the steep slope. The direction of light emission is slightly more toward the center. On the one hand, 'U and the near section on the right side of Brother 24' in the outgoing light intensity distribution (in the χζ plane) D3, close to the primary light source side is a steep slope, and the central side has a relationship of the tailing tendency of a gentle slope, near the right end. The direction of light emission is slightly more toward the center. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a light source device which has excellent visibility when viewed from the central portion near and near the two end portions, which is advantageous for constructing a light source device having high quality and high luminance up to the end portion. Therefore, it is necessary for the light diffusing element 6 to obtain a wide field of view light diffusivity, and the half-full width of the outgoing photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) is used to use 0. A range of 7 to 13 degrees is preferred, 1 to 11 degrees is more preferred, and a range of 2 to 9 degrees is more preferred. In the case of atomized gadolinium, a range of 30 to 82% is preferred, a range of 35 to 75% is more preferred, and a range of 40 to 70% is more preferred. Furthermore, when the uneven structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the average inclination angle is preferably in the range of 0.8 to 12 degrees, and more preferably 1 to 8. 5 degrees, better tied to 1. 5 to 7 degrees. In particular, the unfolded length of the light guide 3 exceeds 22 cm and is less than 28 cm 36 10833 pif. In the case of doc / 008 200306442, for the light diffusing element 6, it is better to use a range of 6 to 13 degrees in half of the full width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane), and more preferably 7 to 11 degrees. In the range of 7 to 9 degrees. In addition, for the atomized gadolinium, a range of 50 to 82% is preferable, 60 to 75% is more preferable, and a range of 65 to 70% is more preferable. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the average tilt angle is at 4. The range of 5 to 12 degrees is better, and even better is 5. 5 ~ 8. 5 degrees, more preferably in the range of 6 to 7 degrees. Moreover, in the case where the length of the light guide 3 is more than 8cm and less than 22cm, the light diffusion element 6 uses a half-magnitude full width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the χζ plane) to be 0. A range of 7 to 6 degrees is preferred, 1 to 5 degrees is more preferred, and a range of 2 to 4 degrees is more preferred. In addition, the atomized plutonium is preferably in the range of 30 to 60%, more preferably 35 to 55%, and more preferably in the range of 40 to 50%. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the average inclination angle is set at 0. The range of 8 to 6 degrees is better, and 1 to 5 degrees is more preferable, and it is more preferably 1. 5 ~ 4. 5 degrees range. For the light source device of the present invention, in the case where the light diffusing element 6 as described above is used, the light focusing from the light deflection element 4 (in the XZ plane) with a full width of half of the luminance distribution (19 to 26 degrees) is used. When the relatively weak light is deflected to the element 4 and the light diffusion element 6 with relatively weak light diffusivity is used, the relationship of the decrease in brightness caused by the diffusion in the YZ plane can be more suppressed. Good occasion. In this case, for the light diffusing element 6, it is necessary to obtain a wide field of view light diffusivity. It is better to use a range of 1 to 8 degrees in the half-width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane). 2 to 8 degrees, more preferably in the range of 3 to 7 degrees. Again, for atomization 10833pif. doc / 008 37 200306442 値, preferably in the range of 8 to 70%, more preferably 30 to 60%, and more preferably in the range of 40 to 60%. Further, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on one of the surfaces of the light diffusing element 6, the average inclination angle is set to 0. The range of 8 to 7 degrees is better, and even better is 3 to 6. 5 degrees, better tied to 3. 5 to 6 degrees. When the uneven structure is formed on both sides, the average inclination angle of one surface is 0. A range of 8 to 4 degrees is preferable, and a range of 1 to 4 degrees is more preferable, and a range of 2 to 4 degrees is more preferable. In the light source device of the present invention, the emitted light emitted from the light-emitting surface of the light deflection element 4 has an asymmetric outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane; no light diffusing element) as shown in FIG. 25. This outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) is derived from the outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) emitted from the light guide 3. Such an asymmetric outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) is, for example, a highly directional outgoing light having a full width of half of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the outgoing light from the light deflection element 4 to 20 degrees or less. The tendency to appear on the occasion of the shot. In particular, in a light source device with a relatively large display area, in order to alleviate such an asymmetry of the emitted light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane), it is necessary to use a light diffusing element 6 having a relatively strong light diffusivity (shown in FIG. 25 using this This type of light diffusing element has a light emission distribution (with a light diffusing element).). On the one hand, in the case where the full width of the half-chirp of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) is greater than 4 degrees and the fogging chirp is greater than 35%, the emitted light photometric distribution emitted from the light-diffusing element 6 ( In the XZ plane), the peak-to-angle angle of the luminance distribution of the light emitted from the light deflection element 4 (in the XZ plane) has an off-angle of about 1 to 3 degrees in the direction opposite to the primary light source. In this case, the brightness of the light emitted from the light deflection element is 10833pif. doc / 008 38 200306442 When the peak angle of the distribution (in the xz plane) is in a desired direction (for example, a normal direction), the use of the light diffusing element 6 causes a decrease in luminance in the desired direction. Therefore, when using the light diffusing element 6 as described above in the case where the full width of the half distribution of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light deflected toward the element 4 is 20 degrees or less, as shown in FIG. 7, in advance, To make the light distribution from the light deflection element 4 of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the peak angle from the desired direction to the light source side 0. 5 ~ 3 degrees, no matter how good it is 0. 5 to 2 degrees, more preferably 1 to 2 degrees, it is better to design a light deflection element 4 or the like. In the present invention, it is preferable that the light diffusing element 6 is anisotropic using light diffusivity, because the total light transmittance of the light diffusing element 6 can be improved, and the light emitted from the light deflection element 4 can be efficiently used. The diffusion can enhance the relationship of brightness. For example, on one end face of the light guide 3, a line-shaped cold cathode tube is arranged as the light source device of the primary light source 1, so that the light emitted from the light exit surface of the light guide 3 is directed by the light deflection element 4 at XZ. The in-plane vision is mainly to narrow the field of view, so that the light narrowed in the XZ plane is further diffused by the light diffusing element 6 to widen the viewing angle. However, when the isotropic diffusivity is used for the light diffusing element 6, the relationship of diffusing light equally in the YZ plane without narrowing the field of view by the light deflecting element will cause a decrease in luminance. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 26, when the light diffusing element 6 having an anisotropic diffusivity in the XZ plane is higher than that in the YZ plane, a narrow field of view can be achieved by the light deflecting element 4. The diffusion of the light in the transformed XZ plane is strengthened, which can weaken the diffusion of the light in the YZ plane without a narrow field of view, so that the light emitted from the light deflection element 4 can be efficiently diffused, and the brightness can be suppressed as much as possible. Low to a minimum. 39 10833pif. doc / 008 200306442 In the present invention, with regard to the anisotropic diffusivity of such a light diffusing element 6, what kind of anisotropic light diffusing element 6 is used is not limited to the above in the XZ plane and YZ plane. The cause of the anisotropy is determined according to the shape of the light emitting function of the light guide 3, the shape or arrangement of the lens of the light deflecting element 4, and the purpose of the light source device. That is, as shown in FIG. 27, imagine an arbitrary surface (ZP-) which includes a normal axis to the exit surface of the light diffusing element 6 and an arbitrary direction (Pn direction (n = 1, 2, ...)) in the exit surface. n faces (n = l, 2 ,. . ·)), By making the half of the full amplitude of the outgoing light distribution on any of these planes distinct and attachable to anisotropy. Also, the largest of the half-full widths of the ZP-n plane is the maximum half-full width, and the smallest is the minimum half-full-width. Similarly, the average inclination angle of the uneven structure with the anisotropic diffusivity of the light diffusing element 6 is also the average inclination in an arbitrary Pn direction by intersecting the ZP-n plane and the light diffusing element 6 (XY plane). When the angles are different, the anisotropy of the average tilt angle can be attached. At this time, the largest of the average tilt angles in the P-n direction is the maximum average tilt angle, and the smallest is the minimum average tilt angle. For example, in the case where one end face of the light guide 3 uses a linearly arranged cold cathode tube as the primary light source, the light deflection element 4 is mainly used to narrow the field of view on the XZ plane and has little effect on the YZ plane. It is most suitable to use an anisotropic diffusive light diffusing element 6 which has an effective diffusion in the XZ plane and that does not diffuse in the YZ plane. Therefore, it is preferable that the light diffusing element 6 has an anisotropic diffusivity having a maximum half-full amplitude in the XZ plane and a minimum half-full amplitude in the YZ plane. In the same manner, a concave-convex structure is formed on the light diffusing element 6 10833pifdoc / 008 40 200306442 A structure or arrangement having a maximum inclination angle in the X direction and a minimum inclination angle in the γ direction is preferable. Even in the light diffusing element 6 having such various diffusivity, consideration is given to the balance of luminance characteristics, visibility, and quality to use a light diffusing characteristic that can appropriately diffuse the energy of light emitted from the light deflection element 4 to diffuse. The light diffusion element 6 is suitable. That is, when the light diffusivity of the light diffusing element 6 is low, it is difficult to sufficiently widen the viewing angle and the visibility is lowered. At the same time, the quality improvement effect tends to be insufficient. On the contrary, when the light diffusivity is too high, At the same time, the effect of narrowing the field of view of the light deflection element 4 is lost, and the total light transmittance is also lowered, which tends to decrease the brightness. Therefore, it is better to use a range of 1 to 13 degrees in which the maximum half-width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XY plane) is in the range of 3 to 11 degrees, and more preferably in the range of 4 to 9 degrees. In addition, the ratio of the maximum half-full amplitude to the minimum half-full amplitude (the maximum half-full amplitude / the minimum half-full amplitude) is 1. The range of 1 to 20 is preferable, the range of 2 to 15 is more preferable, and the range of 4 to 10 is more preferable. This is done by setting the maximum half-full amplitude / minimum half-full amplitude to 1. When it is more than 1, the utilization efficiency of light can be improved, and the relationship of brightness can be improved. When it is less than 20, the decrease in brightness from strong light diffusivity can be suppressed. Where the uneven structure is formed on one of the surfaces of the light diffusing element 6, the maximum average tilt angle is 0. The range of 8 ~ 15 degrees is better, and even better is 3. 5 to 11 degrees, more preferably 4 to 9 degrees. In addition, from the viewpoint of the same anisotropy as the maximum half-magnitude / minimum half-magnitude, the ratio of the maximum average tilt angle to the minimum average tilt angle (the maximum average tilt angle / the minimum average tilt angle) is 1. The range of 1 to 20 is preferable, the range of 2 to 15 is more preferable, and the range of 4 to 10 is more preferable. The uneven structure system can also be formed on both sides of the light diffusing element 10833pif. doc / 008 41 200306442, in this case, in order to suppress the lowering of the total light transmittance of the light diffusing element 6, the average inclination angle on the incident surface side of the light diffusing element 6 is greater than the average inclination angle on the output surface side. Larger is better. In addition, when the atomization ratio of the light diffusing element 6 is in the range of 8 to 82%, it is better from the viewpoint of improving luminance characteristics and improving visibility, more preferably in the range of 30 to 70%, more preferably in the range of 40 to 65%. Range. The light diffusing element 6 is preferably one which has appropriate light diffusing characteristics in accordance with the size of the display area of the light source device. When the light guide 3 has an unfolded length of 8 cm or less, it is better for the light diffusing element 6 to have a maximum half-full width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) in the range of 1 to 6 degrees, and even more preferably 1 ~ 5 degrees, more preferably in the range of 2 ~ 5 degrees. In addition, the atomization ratio is preferably in the range of 8 to 60%, more preferably 8 to 50%, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 50%. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, its maximum average tilt angle is at 0. The range of 8 to 5 degrees is better, and even better is 0. 8 to 4 degrees, more preferably in the range of 2 to 4 degrees. In the case where the length of the light guide 3 exceeds 8cm and is less than 23cm (using a lamp-type cold cathode tube as the primary light source), the light diffusion element 6 'is based on the maximum semi-full width of the outgoing photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) A range of 3 to 13 degrees is preferable, 4 to 10 degrees is more preferable, and a range of 4 to 9 degrees is more preferable. The atomization ratio is preferably in the range of 30 to 80%, more preferably 40 to 73%, and more preferably 45 to 70%. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the maximum average tilt angle is preferably in a range of 3 to 15 degrees, and even more preferably 3. 5 ~ 10 degrees, better tied to 4. 5 to 8 degrees. Among them, when the length of the light guide is more than 8cm and less than 18cm, 10833pif. doc / 008 42 200306442 For the light diffusing element 6, it is better that the maximum half-width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) is in the range of 3 to 10 degrees, more preferably 4 to 10 degrees, and more preferably 4 Range of ~ 9 degrees. It is more preferable that the atomization range is 30 to 70%, more preferably 40 to 65%, and more preferably 45 to 60%. Furthermore, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, its maximum average tilt angle is preferably in a range of 3 to 9 degrees, and even more preferably 3. 5 ~ 8 degrees, better tied to 4. 5 to 8 degrees. In the case where the expanded length of the light guide 3 exceeds 18 cm and is less than 22 cm, it is better for the light diffusing element 6 to have a range of 4 to 13 degrees in terms of the maximum half-full width (in the XZ plane) of the emitted light photometric distribution. It is 5 to 11 degrees, and it is better to be 5 to 8. 5 degrees range. In addition, the atomization ratio is preferably in the range of 40 to 75%, more preferably 50 to 70%, and more preferably 50 to 65%. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, its maximum average tilt angle is at 3. The range of 5 to 15 degrees is better, 4 to 9 degrees is more preferable, and it is more preferably 4. 5 ~ 6. 5 degrees range. Furthermore, when the length of the light guide 3 is more than 22 cm and less than 23 cm, the light diffusion element 6 uses a range of 5 to 13 degrees in the maximum half-width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane). Well, no matter how good it is 6 ~ 12 degrees, and more preferably in the range of 7 ~ 9 degrees. In addition, the atomization ratio is preferably in the range of 50 to 80%, more preferably 55 to 73%, and more preferably 55 to 70%. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the maximum average tilt angle is at 4. A range of 5 to 15 degrees is preferred, 5 to 10 degrees is more preferred, and a range of 5 to 7 degrees is more preferred. When the length of the light guide 3 exceeds 8cm and is less than 28cm (using a multi-lamp cold cathode tube as the primary light source 1), the light diffusion element 6 must be 10833pif. doc / 008 43 200306442 To obtain the light diffusivity of a wide field of view, it is better to use the maximum semi-full width of the outgoing photometric distribution (in the x Z plane) in the range of 0.7 to 13 degrees, and even better to 1 ~ 11 degrees, more preferably in the range of 2 to 9 degrees. In addition, it is preferable that the atomization ratio is in the range of 30 to 82%, more preferably 35 to 75%, and more preferably 40 to 70%. In addition, when a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the maximum average tilt angle is in the range of 0.1. The range of 8 to 15 degrees is better, and 1 to 13 degrees is more preferable, and it is more preferably 1. 5 to 7 degrees. Among them, in the case where the expanded length of the light guide 3 exceeds 22 cm and is less than 28 cm, it is better for the light diffusing element 6 to use the maximum half-width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) in the range of 6 to 13 degrees , Preferably 7 to 11 degrees, and more preferably in the range of 7 to 9 degrees. In addition, the atomization ratio is preferably in the range of 50 to 82%, more preferably 60 to 75%, and more preferably 65 to 70%. Moreover, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the maximum average tilt angle is at 4. The range of 5 to 15 degrees is better, and even better is 5. 5 to 13 degrees, more preferably in the range of 6 to 7. In addition, when the length of the light guide 3 is more than 8cm and less than 22cm, the light diffusion element 6 uses the maximum half-width of the emitted light photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) with a full width of 0. A range of 7 to 6 degrees is preferred, a range of 1 to 5 degrees is more preferred, and a range of 2 to 4 degrees is more preferred. In addition, it is preferable that the atomization range is 30 to 60%, more preferably 35 to 55%, and more preferably 40 to 50%. Furthermore, in the case where a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light diffusing element 6, the maximum average inclination angle is 0. The range of 8 to 10 degrees is better, and 1 to 7 degrees is better, and it is more preferably 1. 5 to 5 degrees. The diffusivity of the light diffusing element 6 having such anisotropic diffusivity is 10833 pif. doc / 008 44 200306442 and structure, for example, the uneven structure shown in Figures 28 ~ 30. The concavo-convex structure shown in Fig. 28 is an array structure in which a plurality of lens rows 6a such as lenticular lens rows which are long and extended on one axis are arranged in parallel. Such an arrangement pitch of the lens rows is selected so that the arrangement pitch of the pixel rows of the liquid crystal display element used in the display device and the arrangement pitch of the lens rows of the light deflection element 4 are not likely to cause interference fringes ( moire) or random arrangement is preferred. Generally, the arrangement pitch of the lens rows is preferably in the range of 1 to 70 // m, and it is more preferably 5 to 40 // m 'from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture or prevention of interference fringes, and more preferably 10 to 30 // m range. Also, the average inclination angle of the direction orthogonal to the long axis direction of the lens column is at 0. In the range of 8 ~ 15 degrees, it is better from the viewpoint of brightness improvement and visibility improvement, and it is better to be 3. 5 to 11 degrees, more preferably in the range of 4 to 9 degrees. The concavo-convex structure shown in FIG. 29 is a structure in which a plurality of cylindrical lens shape bodies 6b are arranged in a discrete manner. The arrangement interval of the cylindrical lens shape body may be a certain planned interval, or an arbitrary arrangement interval. Generally, the arrangement pitch of the cylindrical lens shape body is preferably in the range of 1 to 70 // m, and it is more preferably 5 to 40 / zm from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture or prevention of interference fringes, and more preferably 10 to 30 // m range. Also, the average inclination angle of the direction orthogonal to the long axis direction of the cylindrical lens shape is at 0. From 8 to 15 degrees, it is better from the viewpoint of brightness enhancement and visibility improvement, and even better is 3. 5 to 11 degrees, more preferably in the range of 4 to 9 degrees. The arrangement structure of this discrete method is such that the line that intersects the surface that requires the maximum half-full amplitude and the exit surface of the light diffusing element 6 can be aligned with the cylindrical surface with a high probability of 10833 pif. doc / 008 45 200306442 The long axis direction of the lens-shaped bodies is preferably arranged in a manner substantially orthogonal to each other. In addition, it is desirable that the lines which intersect the plane which indicates the minimum half-full width and the exit plane of the light diffusing member 6 can be arranged approximately parallel to the long axis direction of the cylindrical lens shape body with a high probability. The uneven structure shown in FIG. 30 is a hair line structure. The average inclination angle of the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the hairline 6c is at 0. From 8 to 15 degrees, it is better from the viewpoint of brightness enhancement and visibility improvement, and even better 3. 5 to 11 degrees, more preferably in the range of 4 to 9 degrees. The direction in which the hairline extends is a line which intersects with the plane necessary for the full width of the light diffusing element 6 and the exit surface of the light diffusing element 6, and is preferably approximately perpendicular. When at least one of the surface and the back surface formed by such an anisotropic diffusive uneven structure is attached with a mat structure, it is possible to suppress intense flare or brightness spots and improve the quality. However, when the light diffusivity of the extinction structure becomes stronger, the loss of anisotropy diffusivity and the lowering of the brightness are suitable for the extinction structure with weak light diffusivity. For this extinction structure, it is better to have an average inclination angle in the range of 0.5 to 5 degrees, and even better to 0. 8 ~ 4 degrees, preferably 1 ~ 3. 5 degrees range. In addition, the average tilt angle of the matte structure where the surface with the uneven structure attached to the anisotropic structure and the matte structure refers to the average tilt angle of the matte structure excluding the average tilt angle caused by the uneven structure. This average inclination angle can be measured in the direction with no uneven structure or in a direction parallel to the long axis direction of the uneven structure. It can be measured with a stylus roughness meter. The image analysis method of the cross-sectional shape of the light diffusing element 6 can be atomic. It is measured by a force microscope and the like. In the present invention, the light deflection element 4 can also be used from the light guide 3 10833pif. doc / 008 46 200306442 The emitted light is emitted in a specific direction such as a normal direction, and the emitted light is emitted in a desired direction using a light diffusion element 6 having anisotropic diffusion. In this case, it is possible to attach both the functions of anisotropic diffusion and light deflection to the light diffusion element 6. For example, when a biconvex lens array or a cylindrical lens shape body is used for the uneven structure, when the cross-sectional shape is asymmetrical, the two functions of anisotropic diffusion and light deflection can be added. Furthermore, in the present invention, for the purpose of adjusting the viewing angle of the light source device and improving the quality, the light deflecting element 4 or the light diffusing element 6 may be made to contain a light diffusing material. Such a light diffusing material can use transparent fine particles having a refractive index different from that of the base material constituting the light deflecting element 4 or the light diffusing element 6, and examples thereof include silicon bead and polystrene. , Polymethyl methacrylate, fluorinated methyl methacrylate (fluofomethacrylate) and other individual polymers or copolymers. It is necessary to appropriately select the content, particle size, refractive index, etc. for the light diffusing material so as not to impair the narrow field of view effect of the light deflecting element 4 or the moderate diffusing effect of the light diffusing element 6. For example, the relationship between the refractive index of the light diffusing material and the refractive index difference of the base material of the light deflection element 4 or the light diffusing element 6 is too small, and the diffusion effect is small, and when it is too large, an excessive scattered refractive effect occurs. At 0. 01 ~ 0. The range of 1 is better, and it is more preferably 〇03 ~ 〇. 〇8, better tied to 0. 03 ~ 0. 05 range. Also, the particle size of the light diffusing material is that when the particle size is too large, the scattering becomes strong, causing a strong sparkle or a decrease in brightness, and the relationship between coloration occurs when the particle size is too small. The average particle size is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20 vm. It is better to be 2 ~ 15 am, and more preferably in the range of 2 ~ 10 # m.尙 And ’the light emitted from the light source device using the light deflection element of the present invention is 10833pif. doc / 008 47 200306442 The luminance distribution (in the χ z plane) is a case where the asymmetry of the outgoing light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) is present. The 値 position is the boundary, and the brightness distribution of the outgoing light at the side of the primary light source (in the X and Z planes). (Inner) Brightness is asymmetrical light distribution with relatively low gradient and low drop. For example, the use of such a light source device with an emitted light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) for a liquid crystal display device with a wide viewing angle, such as a pen sS-type personal computer with a size of 10 inches or more, is used to compare light with high light diffusion. The diffusing element is arranged on the light emitting surface of the light deflection element to widen the emitted light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) and widen the viewing angle. In the case of using a light diffusing element with strong light diffusivity of 50% or more, the peak 値 angle of the emission luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) is deviated from the light source side by about 1 ~ 3 degrees. Therefore, when the peak angle of the light distribution (in the XZ plane) from the light deflection element is located in the normal direction of the light emitting surface, the peak angle of the light distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light diffusion element , The degree of deviation from the normal direction is about 1 ~ 3 degrees to the far side from the light source. As a result, the brightness when observed from the normal direction is extremely low. This is by using a light diffusing element, although the asymmetry of the outgoing light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) emitted from the light deflection element can be somewhat eased, because the outgoing light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) is relatively sharply reduced The relationship between the luminance part and the normal direction. In order to avoid such an extremely low drop in brightness, it is advisable to set the peak angle of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light deflection element to the light source side by about 1 to 3 degrees from the normal direction. 10833pif. doc / 008 48 200306442 Hereinafter, still other embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 31 is a schematic perspective view showing an embodiment of the surface light source device according to the present invention. As shown in Fig. 31, the surface light source device of this embodiment is composed of a primary light source 1, a light guide 3, a light deflecting element 4, and a light reflecting element 5. Among them, the light guide 3 has at least one end surface as the light incident surface 31, and a surface that is approximately orthogonal to the light incident surface 31 is the light exit surface 33 '. The primary light source 1 is disposed opposite to the light guide 3 The light incident surface 31 is covered by the light source reflector 2. The light deflection element 4 is disposed on the light exit surface of the light guide 3. The light reflection element 5 is disposed opposite the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3.背 34。 The back 34. Among these constituent members, the primary light source 1, the light source reflector 2, the light guide 3, and the light reflecting element 5 have the same relationship as those related to those described in the first figure, and the description thereof will be omitted here. Fig. 32 is an explanatory diagram of the shape of the light deflecting element in a line. The light deflecting element 4 has one of the main surfaces as the light incident surface 41 and the other surface as the light emitting surface 42. A plurality of lines on the light incident surface 41 are arranged side by side, and each line is composed of a first line 44 and a second line 45. Among them, the first prism surface 44 is located on the primary light source side, and the second diaphragm surface 45 is located on the side farther from the primary light source. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 32, the first sloping surface 44 is a flat surface, and the second sloping surface 45 is located on the top side of the queue, which is formed by a roughly flat surface, and is located on the light emitting surface side. The other parts are convexly curved. The light deflecting element 4 of the present invention is a light source device capable of obtaining extremely high light-concentrating effect when the second face 45 is formed into a specific shape. 10833pif. doc / 008 49 200306442 That is, the inclination angle of the first condyle surface 44 (a sub-angle of one of the condyle angles) α is 28 to 34 degrees, and the inclination angle of the second conical surface 45 (the other of the condyle angles) Angle) / 3 is 32. 5 to 37 degrees, the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved shape portion 146 is 30 to 35 degrees, from the top of the queue (Η) to the height of the convex curved shape portion 146 [that is, from The height (h) of the height from the top of the queue to the boundary between the roughly flat portion 147 and the convex curved shape portion 146 (h / H) is 25 to 60%. The distance between the queues (P) and the convex curved shape The ratio (r / P) of the radius of curvature (r) is 5 to 11. Here, the inclination angles α, z, and τ are the angles with respect to the normal of the queue formation surface 43. The chord of the convexly curved shape portion 146 corresponds to a plane connecting both end portions Q1 and Q2 of the convexly curved shape portion 146. Further, in the light deflecting element 4 of the present invention, the convex curved surface shape is not limited to those having a cross-sectional arc shape defined by r / P as described above, and the chord of the convex curved shape portion 146 and the convex curved shape portion 146 may be used. The ratio of the maximum distance (d) to the distance between the carboxyl mirror columns (P) (d / P) is 0. 2 to 2% of the section is not circular. In addition, as shown in FIG. 33, the light deflection element 4 of the present invention has a shape change caused by bending or the like (from the connection) when the prism column pattern is formed on the substantially flat surface of the first prism surface 44. Displacement of the top and bottom of the queue). In the case of such a large-plane displacement, the optical characteristics of the light deflection element 4 will be affected when the displacement is large, and it is desirable to suppress the displacement to a minute. That is, the ratio of the maximum distance s in the displacement from the substantially planar plane connecting the top and bottom planes of the queue to the pitch P of the queue (S / P) is 0. Below 008 is better, no matter how good it is 0. Below 0065, more preferably 0. Below 0065, better tied to 0. The range is less than 005. Such a large 10833pif. doc / 008 50 200306442 Slightly flat deformation is mainly due to the relationship between weight and shrinkage when forming a prism array pattern. The deformation degree of weight and shrinkage is quantified in advance, and the metal model is designed in a way that can make it offset. The queue shape is suitable. As described above, the shape of the queue depends on the half-width or peak-angle of the photometric distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3, the inclination angle α of the first plane 44 and the inclination angle of the second plane 45 The absolute difference between / ?. Hereinafter, representative examples of the light guide and the light deflection element suitable for the light source device of the present invention will be described. The normal to the light exit surface 33 at the peak chirp angle of the photometric distribution of light emitted from the light guide 3 is 60 to 75 degrees, and the full width of the half chirp is 26 to 35 degrees. The inclination angle α of the first prism surface 44 and the first The absolute angle (I α-/ 3 |) of the difference between the inclination angle / 3 of the prism surface 45 is 0. 3 and under 1. In the case of 8, the inclination angle α of the first prism surface 44 is 32 to 33. 5 degrees, the inclination of the second plane 45 is / 3 to 32. 5 ~ 34. 5 degrees, the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved shape portion 146 is 30 ~ 31. 5 degrees, the ratio (h / H) of the height (稜鏡) of the queue from the top of the queue to the height (h) of the convex curved shape part 146 is 25 to 60%, and the distance between the queues (P ) And the ratio of the radius of curvature 与 of the convex surface shape (r / P) is 5 to 9. 5.The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance (d) between the chord of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 between the queues (P) and the convex curved surface shape portion 146 is 0. 2 ~ 2% is better, and even better is the inclination angle α is 32. 2 ~ 33. 1 degree, tilt angle / 5 is 32 · 8 ~ 33. 8 degrees, the inclination angle r is 30 · 4 ~ 31. 3 degrees, h / H is 30 ~ 56%, r / P is 5. 5 ~ 8. 5, d / P is 0. 23 ~ 1. 1%. More preferably, the inclination angle α is 32.4 to 32. 8 degrees, the inclination angle is 33 ~ 33. 4 degrees, the inclination angle r is 30 · 8 ~ 31 · 2 degrees, h / H is 38 ~ 50%, and r / P is 6 ~ 8. 5, d / P is 0. 25 ~ 0. 68% ° 10833 pif. doc / 008 51 200306442 The absolute difference (| α-/? |) between the tilt angle α of the first plane 44 and the tilt angle of the second plane 45 is 0. 3 is less than full, the inclination angle α of the first surface 44 is 32. 5 ~ 34 ° ， The inclination angle of the second plane 45 is 32. The inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved surface portion 146 of 5 to 34 degrees is 30 to 31. 5 degrees, the ratio (h / H) of the height (稜鏡) from the top of the queue to the height (h) of the convex curved shape portion 146 of the queue is 25 to 50%, and the distance between the queues (P The ratio (r / P) of the radius of curvature ⑴ of the convex curved surface shape is 5 to 10, and the maximum distance (d) between the chord of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 and the convex curved surface shape portion 146 of the interval (P) The ratio (d / p) is 0. 2 ~ 1. 5% is better. Even better, the inclination angle α is 32. 7 ~ 34 degrees, the angle of inclination is 32. 7 ~ 34 degrees, the inclination angle 7 is 30. 4 ~ 31. 3 degrees, h / H is 30 ~ 41%, r / P is 6 ~ 10, d / P is 0. 2 ~ 1.3%. More preferably, the inclination angle α is 33. 5 ~ 33. 9 degrees, tilt angle / 3 is 33. 5 ~ 33 · 9 degrees, the inclination angle r is 30. 8 ~ 31. 2 degrees, h / H is 35 ~ 39%, r / P is 7 ~ 8. 5, d / P is 0. 3 ~ 1. 1%. The absolute angle (I α -point |) of the difference between the inclination angle α of the first plane 44 and the inclination angle / 5 of the second plane 45 is 1. 8 or more 8. In the case of 5 or less, the inclination angle α of the first inferior surface 44 is 28 to 32 degrees, the inclination angle of the second inferior surface 45 is 33 to 37 degrees, and the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved surface portion 146 is 32 ~ 34 degrees, the ratio of the height (Η) from the top of the queue to the height of the convex curved shape part 146 (h / H) is 30 ~ 45%, and the distance between the queues (P The ratio (r / P) of the radius of curvature ⑴ of the convex curved surface shape is 5 to 11, and the maximum distance (d) between the chord of the convex curved surface shape portion ι46 and the convex curved surface shape portion 146 of the interval (P). The ratio (d / P) is 0. 2 ~ 2% is better. Even better, the inclination angle α is 28 · 5 ~ Μ · 5 degrees, and the inclination is 10833 pif. doc / 008 52 200306442 angle / 3 is 33. 5 ~ 36 degrees, the inclination angle τ is 31. 7 ~ 33. 2 degrees, h / H is 33 ~ 42%, r / P is 5. 2 ~ 10. 5, d / P is 0. 3 ~ 1%. More preferably, the inclination angle α is 29.5 to 30. 9 degrees, the inclination angle / 3 is 34. 5 ~ 34. 9 degrees, the inclination angle r is 31. 5 ~ 32 · 5 degrees, h / H is 37 · 5 ~ 39%, r / P is 5 · 3 ~ 10, and d / P is 0. 4 ~ 0. 85% ° At the peak angle of the photometric distribution of light emitted from the light guide 3, the normal to the light exit surface 33 is 60 to 75 degrees, the full width of the half-angle is less than 26 degrees, and the inclination angle of the first surface 44 The absolute 値 (I α- 没 |) of the difference between the inclination angle / 5 of the second 稜鏡 face 45 is 0. 3 and under 1. In the case of 8, the inclination angle α of the first condyle surface 44 is 32 to 33. 5 degrees, the inclination of the second plane 45 is / 3 to 32. 5 ~ 34 · 5 degrees, the inclination angle of the chord of the convex curved shape part 146 7 to 30 ~ 31. 5 degrees, the ratio (h / H) of the height (稜鏡) from the top of the queue to the height (h) of the convex curved shape part 146 of the queue (30) is 30 to 55%, and the distance between the queues (P The ratio (r / P) of the radius of curvature ⑴ to the shape of the convex curved surface is 5 to 9. The ratio of the chord between the line (P) of the convex curved shape portion 146 and the maximum distance ⑷ of the convex curved shape portion 146 (d / P) to 0. 25 ~ 2% is better. Even better, the inclination angle α is 32. 2 ~ 33. 1 degree, tilt angle / 5 is 32. 7 ~ 33. 7 degrees, the inclination angle r is 30. 4 ~ 31. 3 degrees, h / H is 37 ~ 52%, r / P is 5. 5 ~ 8. 5, d / P is 0. 28 ~ 1. 1%. More preferably, the inclination angle α is 32. 4 ~ 32. 8 degrees, the inclination angle is 33 ~ 33. 4 degrees, the inclination angle r is 30. 8 ~ 31. 2 degrees, h / H is 43 ~ 50%, r / P is 6 ~ 8, d / P is 0. 3 ~ 0. 7%. The absolute angle (I a-/ 5 I) of the difference between the inclination angle α of the first inferior surface 44 and the inclination angle of the second inferior surface 45 is less than 0. In the case of 3, the inclination angle α of the first ~ 稜鏡 face 44 is 33. 5 ~ 34 degrees, the inclination of 45 on the second surface 53 10833pif. doc / 008 200306442 The oblique angle is not 33.5 to 34 degrees, and the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved shape part 146 is 30 to 31.5 degrees. The ratio (h / H) of the height (h) to the convex curved shape portion 146 is 35 to 48%, and the ratio (r / P) of the pitch (P) to the curvature radius ⑴ of the convex curved shape is 7 to 9, the distance between the queue (P) of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 chord and the maximum distance (d) of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 ratio (d / P) is 0. 3 ~ 2% is better. Even better, the inclination angle α is 33 ~ 33. 5 degrees, the inclination angle / 3 is 33 ~ 33. 5 degrees, the inclination angle r is 30. 4 ~ 31. 3 degrees, h / H is 37 ~ 42%, r / P is 7. 2 ~ 8. 8, d / P is 0 · 33 ~ 1. 1%. More preferably, the inclination angle α is 32. 5 ~ 32. 9 degrees, tilt angle is 32. 5 ~ 32. 9 degrees, the inclination angle r is 30. 8 ~ 31. 2 degrees, h / H is 37 ~ 40%, r / P is 7 · 8 ~ 8. 2, d / P is 0. 35 ~ 0. 7%. The absolute difference (| α-/? |) Of the difference between the tilt angle α of the first plane 44 and the tilt angle / 3 of the second plane 45 is 1. In the case of more than 8 and less than 8 · 5, the inclination angle α of the first condyle 44 is 28 to 31. 5 degrees, the inclination angle / 3 of the second prism surface 45 is 33 to 37 degrees, and the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 is 31 to 35 degrees. The ratio (h / H) of the height (h) from the top to the convex curved shape portion 146 is 30 to 45%, and the ratio of the distance between the rows (P) and the radius of curvature ⑴ of the convex curved shape (r / P) is 6 ~ 9, the distance between the queues (P) of the convex curved shape portion 146 and the maximum distance of the convex curved shape portion 146 (d) ratio (d / P) is 0. 43 ~ 2% is better. Even better, the inclination angle α is 28. 6 ~ 31 · 4 degrees, the inclination angle yj is 33. 5 ~ 36 degrees, the inclination angle r is 31. 5 ~ 35 degrees, h / H is 33 ~ 42%, r / P is 6. 8 ~ 8. 8, d / P is 0. 45 ~ 0. 9%. More preferably, the tilt angle is 0; it is 28. 5 ~ 31. 3 degrees, the inclination angle is 34. 5 ~ 34. 9 degrees, the inclination angle r is 31. 5 ~ 35 degrees, h / H is 10833pifdoc / 008 54 200306442 33 ~ 42%, f / P is 7. 8 ~ 8 · 2, d / P is 0. 5 ~ 0. 6%. In addition, the inclination angle α of the first most suitable shape of the prism 1 ¾ column * prism surface 44, the inclination angle of the second conical surface 45 ^, and the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 are opposite to the height of the array (I) The ratio (h / H) of the height (h) from the top of the queue to the convex curved shape portion 146, the ratio of the distance between the queues (P) to the radius of curvature ⑴ of the convex curved shape (r / P) The optimum range of the ratio (d / P) between the chord of the convex curved surface portion 146 and the maximum distance (d) of the convex curved surface portion 146 between the queues (P), as shown in Tables 1 and 2. Shown in intermittent existence. The optimum range shown in Table 1 is when the half-full width of the photometric distribution of light emitted from the light guide is relatively wide (the half-full width is above 26 degrees). The optimum range shown in Table 2 is from If the half-full width of the light intensity distribution of the light guide is relatively narrow (the half-full width is less than 26 degrees). In addition, the ranges shown in Tables 1 and 2 do not indicate that all of the optimum ranges indicate a part of them. 10833pif. doc / 008 55 200306442 [Table 1] a (deg) / 3 (deg) 7 (deg) h / H (° / 〇) r / P d / P (%) 32. 5 ± 0. 5 33 · 2 persons 0 · 5 31 persons 0 · 5 48 persons 4 11. 1 person 0. 5 0. 26 ± 0.132. 5 ± 0. 5 33. 2 taxis 0. 5 31 taxi 0.5 48 taxi 4 9. 3 dirt 0. 5 0. 31 taxis 0.132. 5 people 0 · 5 33 · 2 people 0 · 5 31 people 0 · 5 48 soil 4 8. 4 taxi 0. 5 0 · 34 Taxi 0. 1 32. 5 ± 0. 5 33 · 2 Soil 0 · 5 31 People 0 · 5 48 People 4 7. 5 ± 0. 5 0. 38 taxis 0.132. 5 soil 0 · 5 33 · 2 soil 0 · 5 31 soil 0 · 5 48 soil 4 7. 1 person 0 · 5 0 · 41 soil 0 · 1 32 · 5 person 0. 5 33 · 2 persons 0 · 5 31 persons 0 · 5 48 persons 4 6. 6 soil 0.5 5 0. 43 soil 0.132. 5 soil 0. 5 33. 2 ± 0. 5 31 taxi 0. 5 48 taxis 4 5. 5 soil 0. 5 0_52 soil 0. 1 32. 5 persons 0 · 5 33 · 2 soil 0. 5 31 Judges 0.5 30. 3 taxis 4 8 dirt 0. 5 0 66 66 0.1 32. 5 ± 0. 5 33. 2 soil 0.55 31 people 0.5 5 38 · 9 people 4 8 people 0. 5 0 · 5 soil 0 · 1 32. 5 ± 0. 5 33 · 2 persons 0 · 5 31 persons 0. 5 48 ± 4 8 ± 0. 5 0 · 36 people 0 · 1 32 · 5 people 0 · 5 33. 2 taxis 0.55 31 dirt 0. 5 55. 9 4 4 8 · 0 · 5 0. 26 persons 0 · 1 32 · 5 persons 0. 5 33.7 7 0. 5 31 taxi 0. 5 39. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 49 persons 0 · 1 32 · 7 persons 0 · 5 33. 7 taxi 0.5 31 taxi 0.5 48. 4 taxis 4 7. 1 ± 0. 5 0. 41 people 0 · 1 32 · 7 people 0 · 5 33 · 7 people 0. 5 31 taxi 0. 5 39. 5 taxis 4 7. 1 person 0. 5 0. 55 persons 0 · 1 32 · 7 persons 0 · 5 33. 7 taxi 0. 5 31 taxi 0. 5 48. 4 dirt 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0 · 36 soil 0 · 1 32. 7 people 0 · 5 33 · 7 people 0 · 5 31 people 0 · 5 39. 5 taxis 4 8 dirt 0. 5 0 · 48 persons 0 · 1 32 · 7 persons 0. 5 33 · 7 people 0 · 5 31 people 0. 5 30. 8 people 4 8 people 0. 5 0 · 64 soil 0 · 1 32 · 7 soil 0 · 5 32 · 7 people 0 · 5 30 people 0. 5 38. 3 taxis 4 7. 1 ± 0. 5 0 58 58 0 1 32. 7 taxis Θ. 5 32.7 7 0. 5 31 Judges 0.55 47. 8 people 4 8 people 0. 5 0. 36 soil 0. 1 32. 7 taxi 0. 5 32 · 7 people 0 · 5 31 people 0. 5 38 · 7 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 5 ± 0. 1 32 · 7 soil 0 · 5 32 · 7 taxi 0. 5 31 dirt 0. 5 30. 2 soil 4 8 people 0. 5 0 66 66 0.1 32. 7 taxi 0. 5 32. 7 people 0 · 5 31 people 0. 5 30. 2 ± 4 10 ± 0.50. 53 ± 0. 1 56 10833pif. doc / 008 200306442 32. 7 persons 0 · 5 32. 7 taxi 0. 5 30 ± 0. 5 47. 3 taxis 4 8 dirt 0. 5 0. 37 ± 0. 1 32 · 7 Taxi 0 · 5 32. 7 people 0 · 5 30 people 0. 5 38. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 51 ± 0. 1 33.7 persons 0. 5 33 · 7 taxis 0.5 5 31 taxis 0.5 5 40. 8 people 4 8 people 0. 5 0. 44 taxis 0. 1 30.5 5 0. 5 35 · 5 Taxi 0 · 5 33. 07 soil 0. 5 41 soil 4 6. 8 ± 0. 5 0. 57 ± 0. 1 30 · 7 people 0 · 5 34 people 0. 5 30 ± 0. 5 36. 8 people 4 8 people 0. 5 0. 57 ± 0. 1 28 · 7 people 0 · 5 36 · 7 people 0 · 5 34 people 0. 5 38 · 4 Tu 4 8 Taxi 0. 5 0. 55 ± 0. 1 30 · 7 taxi 0. 5 34 · 7 people 0 · 5 32 people 0. 5 38. 3 taxis 4 5. 3 ± 0. 5 0. 81 soil 0. 1 30. 7 taxi 0. 5 34. 7 taxi 0. 5 32 ± 0. 5 38. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 53 soil 0. 1 30 · 7 taxi 0. 5 34. 7 taxi 0. 5 32 ± 0. 5 38. 3 soil 4 10 people 0 · 5 0 · 43 people 0 · 1 31. 7 ± 0. 5 33. 7 taxi 0. 5 31 taxi 0. 5 38 · 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 52 ± 0. 1 29 · 7 people 0 · 5 35 · 7 people 0 · 5 33 people 0. 5 38. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 54 persons 0 · 1 57 10833pifdoc / 008 200306442 [Table 2] a (deg) β (deg) Τ (deg) h / H (%) r / P d / P (%) 32 · 5 persons 0.5 · 33 2 taxis 0.5 5 31 taxis 0.5 5 48 taxis 4 7 5 taxis 0.5 5 0 38 taxis 0 1 32. 5 persons 0 · 5 33. 2 persons 0.5 5 31 persons 0.5 5 48 persons 4 7. 08 ± 0. 5 0. 41 taxis 0 · 1 32 · 5 taxis 0 · 5 33 · 2 taxis 0.5 5 31 taxis 0.5 48 taxis 4 6. 64 persons 0. 5 0. 43 taxis 0.132. 5 ± 0. 5 33 · 2 ± 0 · 5 31 Soil 0 · 5 30. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 66 persons 0 · 1 32. 5 persons 0 · 5 33. 2 soil 0. 5 31 Judges 0.5 5 48 soil 4 8 soil 0. 5 0. 36 soil 0 · 1 32 · 5 people 0 · 5 33 · 7 people 0 · 5 31 people 0. 5 39. 3 taxis 4 8 dirt 0. 5 0 · 49 persons 0 · 1 32 · 7 persons 0. 5 33.7 7 0. 5 30 ± 0. 5 39. 5 taxis 4 7. 08 soil 0. 5 0 · 55 soil 0 · 1 32 · 7 taxi 0. 5 33. 7 ± 0. 5 31 ± 0.5 39. 5 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 48 ± 0. 1 32 · 7 Taxi 0 · 5 33. 7 people 0 · 5 31 people 0 · 5 30 · 8 people 4 8 people 0. 5 0. 6 m 0. 1 32. 7 people 0 · 5 32 · 7 people 0 · 5 30 people 0 · 5 38. 3 taxis 4 7. 08 ± 0. 5 0. 58 people 0 · 1 32 · 7 people 0. 5 32. 7 taxi 0. 5 30 ± 0. 5 47. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 37 taxis 〇 1 31 · 7 taxis 0.5 5 33. 7 people 0 · 5 31 people 0. 5 38. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0 · 52 soil 〇1 1 30 · 7 person 0 · 5 34. 7 taxi 0. 5 32 ± 0. 5 38 · 3 taxis 4 8 soil 0. 5 0 · 53 persons 0 · 1 29 · 7 persons 0. 5 35. 7 people 0 · 5 33 people 0. 5 38. 3 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0. 54 ± 0. 1 28 · 7 Taxi 0 · 5 36. 7 taxi 0. 5 34 taxis 0. 5 38. 4 taxis 4 8 taxis 0. 5 0 · 55 士 · 1 The shape of the second face 45 is set, for example, as follows. That is, a hypothetical queue I having a cross-sectional triangular shape composed of both oblique angles α and / 5 planes is set. The inclination angles α and / 3 of the two planes 1-1, 1-2 of the imaginary queue I are such that the peaks of the intensity distribution in the XZ plane of the light arriving from the light exit surface 33 of the light guide値 The emitted light (inclination angle a) is incident on the imaginary mirror row I. After the imaginary 稜鏡 plane 1-2 is totally reflected by the inner surface, it goes from the light emitting surface 42 to a predetermined direction (preferably, the normal to the light emitting surface 42 is within ± 10). Range) 58 10833 pif. doc / 008 200306442 The shooting method is set. Next, based on the shape of the imaginary queue I having the shape set as described above, in order to make at least one part of the face 1-2 into a convex curved surface shape, the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved surface shape is determined by The ratio (h / H) of the height (H) of the queue from the top of the queue to the height (h) of the convex curved surface shape portion 146, the distance between the queues (P), and the radius of curvature of the convex curved surface shape. (R / P) or the ratio (d / P) between the chord of the convex curved surface portion 146 and the maximum distance (d) of the convex curved surface portion 146 from the line interval (P) is set as the convex curved surface portion 146, to determine the shape of the actual queue. In addition, in the K2 shown in FIG. 32, the peak of the photometric distribution of the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3 is imagined. The emitted light (the inclination angle a) passes over the side adjacent to the primary light source 1. The top of the queue is incident on the virtual light set by the virtual queue I, and the virtual light passes through the position K1 of the virtual edge plane I-1 and reaches the position of the virtual plane 1-2. For example, when imagining the light that is totally reflected from the inner surface at the position K2 of the virtual queue I to the normal direction of the light emitting surface 42, the size z (the apex of the queue and the virtual plane) is shown in FIG. 32. The distance in the Z direction between the internal reflection positions K2 within 1-2) is given by (4): z = {(P · tana · cot [0/2] / (tan a + cot [Θ / 2])} · [cot [Θ / 2] + {cot 0 / (cot [0/2]-cot 0}). . . . . . . . . . . (4) The position in the Z direction above 値 shown, the actual 稜鏡 plane can have the following formula (5): ncos [3 Θ / 2] = Sin (α-[θ / 2]). . . . . . . . . (5) The inclination angles of the imaginary queues I and 1-2 of the imaginary queue I shown are relatively large. By setting the relationship of the queue shape of the light entrance surface 41 as described above, the distribution angle (half full width) of the light emitted from the light deflection element 4 can be reduced. The reason is as follows. That is, in the virtual queue, the light system that reaches the full-emission position K2 on the inner surface of the plane 1-2 is closer to the light emitting surface 42 than the lower side of the top of the virtual train adjacent to the primary light source side. A collection of rays incident at an angle of inclination greater than a. Therefore, the direction of the distribution peak 値 is an oblique direction larger than a, and the direction of the distribution peak 内 of the total reflection of the inner surface is shifted from the normal direction of the light emitting surface 42 to the direction of the imaginary plane of total reflection along the inner surface. The direction of one side's tilt. This type of light system has the effect of widening the angular distribution of the light emitted from the light emitting surface 42. Therefore, in order to concentrate the light quantity to be emitted in a specific direction, the actual queue surface is made closer to the light exit surface 42 by the total reflection position K2 on the inner surface of the virtual queue I than the plane 1-2. When the inclination angle is larger than the corresponding inclination angle of the corresponding hypothetical plane, it can be modified in this area to make the direction of the actual total internally reflected light move more than the reflected light of the hypothetical plane. One side in the normal direction can achieve high brightness and narrow field of vision. In the present invention, the ratio (h / H) of the convexly curved shape portion 146 from the top of the queue to the height (h) of the convexly curved shape portion 146 is 25 to 25 to When the convex surface shape part 146 is formed at the position of 60%, it can be shown that the local brightness and narrow field of view are as described above. It is better to range from 30 to 5 6%, and even better to 33 to 50%. range. This system tends to cause a drop in brightness when the h / H range is 25 to 60%. Here, the inclination angle α of the first condyle 44 is 10833 pif to avoid a low drop in luminance. doc / 008 60 200306442 It is better to range from 28 to 34 degrees, and even better 28. A range of 5 to 34 degrees, more preferably 29. 5 ~ 33. 9 degree range. In addition, the inclination angle / 3 of the second sloping surface 45 is to prevent the decrease in the brightness caused by the large splay angle of the peak sloping angle of the outgoing light distribution to 32. The range of 5 ~ 37 degrees is better, and it is better at 32. 7 ~ 35 degrees, more preferably 33 ~ 34. 9 degree range. Here, the convex curved shape portion 146 is preferably such that the ratio (r / P) between the radius of curvature ⑴ and the distance (P) between the rows 在 is in the range of 5 to 11, and is more preferably 5. 2 ~ 10. The range of 5 is better tied to 5. The range is 3 to 10. When the ratio of r / P is in this range, the full width of the half of the luminance distribution of the light emitted from the light-emitting surface 42 of the light deflection element 4 can be sufficiently narrowed, and the brightness of the light source device can be sufficiently improved. For example, when the distance between queues is 40 ~ 60 / zm, the radius of curvature r is preferably in the range of 200 ~ 660 // m, and more preferably in the range of 205 ~ 630 // m, more preferably In the range of 210 ~ 600 // m. Also, for the convex curved surface shape portion 146, the ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance d between the chord of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 and the convex curved surface shape portion 146 (d / P) is set to 0. The range of 2 ~ 2% is relatively gentle, and it is better to be in the range of 0.2 ~ 1. 5%, more preferably 0. 25 ~ 1. 1% range. In this system, when the d / P exceeds 2%, the light-concentrating effect of the light deflection element 4 is lost, and the light tends to diverge. This is because half the full width of the luminance distribution of the light emitted from the light deflection surface 42 of the element 4 has A relationship that cannot tend to be sufficiently narrow. Conversely, when d / p is less than 0.2%, the light-concentrating effect of the light deflection element 4 tends to be insufficient. 'Half of the full width of the luminance distribution of the light emitted from the light deflection surface 42 of the element 4 There is a relationship that cannot narrow enough. 10833pif. doc / 008 61 200306442 The connecting portion (boundary portion) between the roughly flat portion 147 and the convexly curved shape portion 146 on the second surface 45 is such that the inclination of the convexly curved shape portion 146 of the boundary point and the roughly flat portion 147 is equal Although it can be designed to be smoothly connected, the normal line of the formation line 43 in the connection portion and the plane connecting the two ends Q1 and Q2 of the convex curved surface shape portion 146 (convex curved surface) can be designed. The angle (inclination angle r) of the chord of the shape part is such that when the inclination of the continuous part of the substantially flat part 147 and the convex curved shape part 146 is discontinuously connected when it is in the range of 30 to 35 degrees, it may also be discontinuously connected. Adjusting the inclination angle / 3 of the second plane and the ratio (r / P) of the distance (P) between the radius of curvature 凸 of the convex curved surface and the row of prisms, can obtain an excellent light deflection element that does not cause a reduction in optical characteristics. . This tilt angle r is at 30. The range of 4 ~ 35 degrees is better, and even better is 30. 8 to 35 degrees. In the present invention, it is preferable that the palate surface having the convexly curved shape portion 146 as described above be formed at least on the surface (the second palate surface 45) farther from the primary light source. Thereby, when the primary light source is also arranged on the end surface 32 of the light guide 3, the distribution angle of the light emitted from the light deflection element 4 can be sufficiently reduced. For example, in the case where the convex surface having the convex curved shape portion 146 is, for example, when the ratio of the light transmitted back from the light guide 3 to the end surface 32 opposite to the light incident surface 31 is relatively high, or the light guide 3 has a high return ratio, When the primary light source 1 is disposed on each of the two end faces, it is preferable that the sloping surface (the first sloping surface 44) near the primary light source 1 side also has the same shape. On the other hand, in a case where the light transmitted by the light guide 3 has a relatively low reflection rate on the end surface 32 on the side opposite to the light incident surface 31, the surface near the primary light source can also be made substantially flat. Also ’the light deflecting element 4 of the present invention, because of the top of its queue 10833pif. doc / 008 62 200306442 is a relationship composed of two roughly flat planes. It is a queue formation. It can correctly form the shape transfer surface shape of the model member for molding, which can prevent the light from being placed on the element 4 on the guide. Defect phenomenon of the adhered product when the light body 3 is used. In order to prevent the abrasion or deformation of the top of the cymbal during assembly operation or using the surface light source device, the light deflecting element of the present invention can accurately produce the desired cymbal shape and obtain stable optical performance. A flat portion or a curved portion may be formed on the top of the queue. In this case, the width of the flat portion or the face is formed on the top of the salamander. From the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in the brightness of the surface light source device or the uneven brightness pattern caused by the defect phenomenon of the adhered product, it is based on 3 // m. The following is better, it is more preferably below 2 // m, and more preferably below 1 // m. Further, in the present invention, for the purpose of adjusting the viewing angle of the surface light source device or improving the quality, a light diffusing layer may be formed on the light emitting surface side of the light deflection element, or a light diffusing agent may be contained in the queue. The light diffusing layer can be formed by placing a light diffusing element on the light emitting surface side of the light deflecting element, or forming a light diffusing layer on the light emitting surface side so as to be integrated with the light deflecting element. In this case, in order not to hinder the brightness enhancement effect of the narrow field of view from the light deflection element, it is preferable to form an anisotropic diffusive light diffusion layer to diffuse light in a desired direction. As the light diffusing agent dispersed in the queue, transparent fine particles having a refractive index different from that of the queue can be used. In this case, the content, particle size, refractive index, etc. of the light diffusing agent are selected so as not to hinder the brightness enhancement effect of narrowing the field of view from the light deflection element. In this way, by the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3, the above-mentioned light is deflected to the element 4, so that the queue formation surface becomes the state of the light incident surface side plus 63 10833 pif. doc / 008 200306442 When mounted, the light distribution of the directional light emitted from the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3 in the XZ plane can be narrowed, which can attempt to increase the brightness of the light source device. Narrow vision. The half-full width of the outgoing light intensity distribution in the XZ plane of such outgoing light from the light deflection element 4 is preferably in the range of 5 to 25 degrees, and even more preferably in the range of 10 to 20 degrees, and more preferably It is in the range of 12 to 18 degrees. This is to make it difficult to see the image and the like caused by the extremely narrow field of view when the full width of the half of the luminance distribution of the emitted light is 5 degrees or more. At 25 degrees or less, high brightness and narrowness can be attempted. Visualization. The narrow field of view of the light deflection element 4 in the present invention is influenced by the degree of expansion (semi-full range) of the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3, and the light deflection The ratio of the half-full width A of the light emission distribution of the light-emitting surface 42 of the element 4 to the half-full width A of the light-photometric distribution of the light output surface 33 from the light guide 3 also depends on the light-radiance distribution of the light guide 3 Half of it varies with full amplitude B. For example, in the case where the half-full width B of the light distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3 is less than 26 degrees, the half-full width A is preferably in the range of 30 to 95% of the half-full width B, and even better It is in the range of 30 to 80%, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 70%. In addition, when the half-full width B of the light distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3 is 26 degrees or more, the half-full width A is preferably in a range of 30 to 80% of the half-full width B, and even better. In the range of 30 to 70%, it is more preferably in the range of 30 to 60%. In particular, when the half-full width A of the luminous intensity distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3 is 26 to 36 degrees, the half-full width A is preferably in the range of 30 to 80% of the half-full width B, and even better. Tied at 10833pif. doc / 008 64 200306442 in the range of 30 to 70, more preferably in the range of 30 to 60%. Furthermore, when the half-full width A of the luminous intensity distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3 exceeds 36 degrees, the half-full width A is preferably in the range of 30 to 70% of the half-full width B, and even better. In the range of 30 to 60%, it is more preferably in the range of 30 to 50%. In general, when it is desired to improve the light output efficiency of the light guide, the half-full width B of the photometric distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3 becomes larger and the light collecting efficiency is lowered. In fact, the effect of narrowing the field of view as described above becomes larger. From the viewpoint of the efficiency of narrow field of view and the light utilization efficiency of the surface light source device, it is better to use a light deflection element combined with a light guide having a half-full width B of the emitted light photometric distribution of 26 degrees or more. It is a light guide with a full width B of more than 36 degrees. In addition, when the half width of the light intensity distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3 is small, although the effect of narrowing the field of vision becomes smaller, the smaller the half width of the light intensity distribution of the light emitted from the light guide 3 is, the smaller the full width can be. In terms of the high brightness, a light deflection element combined with a light guide having a half-full width B of the emitted light photometric distribution of less than 26 degrees is preferably used. When a primary light source is used such that a roughly point light source such as an LED light source is arranged adjacent to the corner of the light guide 3, the light incident on the light guide 3 is approximately in a plane parallel to the light exit surface 33. The primary light source 1 is centered, and is radiated to the light guide 3, and the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 is also emitted radially about the primary light source 1 as a center. To make such outgoing light emitted in a radial shape regardless of its outgoing direction, if it is to be efficiently deflected to the desired direction, the queue formed in the light deflection element 4 is extended in a substantially arc shape, so that it surrounds Add 10833 pif to the way of primary light source 1. doc / 008 65 200306442 It is advisable to arrange in parallel. In this way, when the queuing is arranged side by side in a substantially arc shape so as to surround the primary light source 1, most of the light emitted from the light emitting surface 33 is radiated to the queuing of the light deflection element 4. The direction of the extension is approximately perpendicular to the incidence direction. In the entire area of the light exit surface 33 of the light guide 3, the emitted light can be directed in a specific direction with good efficiency, and the uniformity of brightness can be improved. The substantially arc-shaped queue formed by the light deflecting element 4 is selected in accordance with the distribution of light transmitted through the light guide 3 so that almost all of the light emitted from the light exit surface 33 is emitted in a radial shape. It is preferable that the direction in which the light is deflected to the line of the element 4 is approximately perpendicular. The specific system can be such that the point-shaped light sources such as LEDs are roughly centered, and the radius of the concentric circular arc is gradually increased. The range of the radii of the queues is determined by the point shape of the area light source system. The position of the light source and the positional relationship or size of the effective area of the surface light source corresponding to the display area of the liquid crystal display element are appropriately determined. The light deflecting element 4 of the present invention can be composed of a synthetic resin having a high light transmittance similar to that described in the other embodiment shown in Fig. 1. On the light emitting surface of the surface light source device (light emitting surface 42 of light deflection element 4) composed of the primary light source 1, light source reflector 2, light guide 3, light deflection element 4, and light reflection element 5 as above, borrow A liquid crystal display device is configured by disposing a liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal display device is observed by an observer through the liquid crystal display element from above in FIG. 31. In addition, in the present invention, the narrowly-distributed light that is sufficiently aimed can be incident from the surface light source device to the liquid crystal display element, and the stepless inversion in the liquid crystal display element can be bright, and the hue is 10833pifdoc / 008 66 200306442 At the same time as the image with good uniformity is displayed, light irradiation can be focused in the desired direction, which can improve the utilization efficiency of the amount of light emitted by the primary light source in this direction. The light intensity distribution of the light source device using the light deflection element of the present invention is based on the peak-to-peak position. The light-emission intensity distribution on the side of the primary light source is farther away from the peak-to-peak angle, and the brightness decreases sharply. The far-end outgoing light intensity distribution is represented by an asymmetric outgoing light intensity distribution with a relatively low decreasing luminance. For example, in the case where such a light source device with a light emission distribution is used in a liquid crystal display device having a relatively wide viewing angle, such as a notebook personal computer of 10 inches or more, a light diffusing element having a relatively high light diffusivity is disposed in the light deflecting element. The light emitting surface is used to widen the brightness distribution of the emitted light and widen the viewing angle. In the case of using a light diffusing element having a strong light diffusivity of 50% or more, the peak value of the emitted light intensity distribution 値 angle is distant from the primary source by about 1 to 3 degrees. Therefore, when the peak 値 angle of the light emission distribution from the light deflection element is located in the normal direction of the light emitting surface, the peak 値 angle of the light emission distribution by the light diffusing element is 1 to 3 degrees from the normal direction. The degree is biased toward the far side of the primary light source, and as a result, the brightness is extremely low when viewed from the normal direction. This is the use of a light diffusing element. Although the asymmetry of the luminance distribution of the light emitted from the light deflection element can be eased to some extent, because of the comparison of the light emission distribution of the light, the part with the low luminance reduction is located in the direction of the normal. Relationship. In order to avoid the brightness of the surface, the peak angle of the luminous intensity distribution of the light-emitting component of the light fusion element in advance is preferably biased toward the primary light source side from the normal direction by 3 to 3 degrees. 10833pif doc / 008 67 200306442 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described according to the examples. In addition, the measurement of each characteristic in the following examples was performed by the following method. Measurement of normal brightness, half chirp full amplitude, and peak chirp angle The primary light source uses a cold cathode tube, and the inverter (HIU-742A, manufactured by Harrison Corporation) of the drive circuit is applied with DV12V to light at a high frequency. The normal brightness is divided by the surface light source device or the light guide body on a 20mm square with 3x5 squares to obtain an average of 15 points in the normal direction of the brightness of each square. The luminosity of the light guide is half full width. On the surface of the light guide, a black paper with a pinhole of 4mm0 is fixed so that the pinhole is positioned at the center of the surface of the light guide. The distance is adjusted to the brightness meter. The measuring circle is 8 to 9 mm, and the long axis of the cold cathode tube is adjusted with the pinhole as the center of the vertical direction and the parallel direction so that the gonio rotation axis can rotate. Rotate the axis of rotation from + 80 ° to -80 ° at 1-degree intervals in each direction. Measure the photometric distribution of the emitted light (in the XZ plane) with a luminosity meter to determine the peak-to-peak angle and half the full amplitude (1/2 of the peak-to-peak). The distribution angle of the above distribution (in the XZ plane). In addition, the brightness of the surface light source device is half the full amplitude system, so that the field of view of the brightness meter is 0. At 1 degree, the center of the light-emitting surface of the surface light source device is used as the measurement position to adjust the rotation of the angle measuring axis. Rotate the axis of rotation from + 80 ° to -80 ° at 1-degree intervals in each direction, and measure the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the emitted light with a luminosity meter to determine the peak-to-angle, half full amplitude (1/1 of the peak-to-peak) 2 or more distribution angles (in the XZ plane) of the dispersion angle). The measurement of the average inclination angle (Θ a) is in accordance with IS04287 / 1-1987. The stylus is a stylus-type surface roughness meter (Tokyo Seiki) using 010-2528 (1 // mR · 55 10833pifdoc / 008 68 200306442 degree cone, diamond). Company made) —)] 厶 570A), with a driving speed of 0. The thickness of the rough surface was measured at 03 mm / sec. The recording table obtained from this measurement is subtracted from the average line to correct the tilt, and is calculated by the above formulas (1) and (2). The measurement of quantified tritium is in accordance with the JIS K7105 B method, and a 50 mm X 50 mm sample is measured with a integrating sphere reflection transmittance meter (RT-1OO type manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Co., Ltd.). (Tt) and diffused light transmittance (Td) are calculated and calculated according to the following formula (6). Atomization 値 (%) = Td / Tt …… (6) The half width of the light distribution of the light distribution of the light diffusing element JJ1 is set to a sample of 50mm X 50mm in size, and an automatic angle photometer (Murakami Color Research GP-200 model manufactured by the company), and the half of the half-angle and half-width angle of 1/2 of the obtained peak-angle lightness is twice the half-angle full-angle angle U).尙 Moreover, the light incident on the sample is collected from the light source by the condenser lens into a pinhole, and collimator lens (collimator lens) into parallel light (parallelism ± 0. 5 degrees or less), and incident on the incident surface of the sample through the beam aperture (opening diameter 10.5 mm). The light transmitted through the specimen is subjected to a light lens (opening diameter 11. 4mm) (if the sample surface is smooth, the light is condensed at the position of the light-receiving aperture), and the light-receiving element is output through the light-receiving aperture at a voltage 値. Furthermore, the same measurement was performed by rotating the sample to obtain the maximum half-width (Max α) and the minimum half-width (Mina). [Example 1] Use of acrylic resin (acryl resin) (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd. 69 69 10833 pif. doc / 008 200306442 U bu VH5 # 000) The light guide with matting surface is made by injection molding. The light guide system is 216mm X 290mmm, thickness 2. 0mm-0. 7mm wedge plate. On the mirror side of the light guide, parallel to the length (216 mm) of the light guide (short side), an apex angle of 100 ° and a pitch of 50 // m are formed by an acrylic ultraviolet curing resin. The queues are arranged in parallel. Along the side end surface (thickness of 2.) of one side (long side) corresponding to a length of 290 mm of the light guide A cold cathode tube is arranged on the end surface on the side of 0 mm and covered with a light source reflector (silver reflective film made by Liguang Co., Ltd.). Furthermore, a light-diffusing reflective film (E60 manufactured by Toray Corporation) was attached to the other end surface. A thin reflective layer is arranged on the queuing array surface (back surface). The above structure is incorporated into the framework. The maximum peak-to-peak angle of the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light guide in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light exit surface is 70 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the light exit surface, and the full width of the half chirp is 22 . 5 degrees. On the one hand, with a refractive index of 1. 5064 acrylic UV-curable resin, as shown in Table 3, the angle (α) and the normal angle (α) of the 稜鏡 plane (the first 面 plane) constituting one side of the queue is 32. The 5 degree plane makes the other side (second side) from the top of the line to the height of the line 21. 4 // m is the shape of the cross-section ellipsoid (the radius of curvature of the intersection point with the major axis is 400 // m the intersection of the ellipse shape with the radius of curvature of the intersection point of 800 // m near the intersection point with the short axis) Convex surface (tilt angle 56.6 degrees, / 5 = 33. 8 degrees), the height of the line from the top of the line 21. Above 4 // m is a convex curved surface with a radius of curvature of 400 // m section (inclination angle = 59. 0 degrees) between the two convex surfaces (area 1, 2 from the top side of the ridge) 56. The 5 // m queue is formed in parallel to the queue formation surface, so that the queue formation surface is formed at a thickness of 10833pif. doc / 008 70 200306442 125 // m one of the polyester film surface to make a prism sheet. The maximum distance between the second plane of the thin layer and the imaginary plane, the ratio (d / P) of the distance (P) between the queues is 1. 03%. The obtained thin layer is formed in a line to form a prism line facing the light exit surface side of the light guide, and the ridge line of the prism is parallel to the light incident surface of the light guide, and the first surface is placed on the primary light source side. It is placed on the light exit surface side of the light guide to obtain a surface light source device. Obtain the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the emitted light in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-brightness ratio based on Comparative Example 1 The angle, the angle of brightness with half of the peak brightness (half the full amplitude), and the absolute angle difference of the brightness with the brightness of 1/2 of the peak brightness (| Δ0α-Δ0 | 3 |). 4 tables. [Example 2] The second ridge surface constituting the queue, as shown in Table 3, from the top of the ridge to the height of the queue 16 // m is an inclination angle 55. 2 degree plane (/? = 34. 8 degrees), from the height of the queue 16 // m to the bottom of the 稜鏡 from close to the top side of the inclination angle of 55. 5 degrees, 56. 2 degrees, 57. 0 degrees, 57. 8 degrees, 58. 4 degrees, 59. Six planes of the same width of 4 degrees are composed of seven planes (areas 1, 2 ,. (7) Except for the structure, a 稜鏡 thin layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance between the second plane of the thin layer and the imaginary plane to the distance (P) between the rows is 1. 10%. The obtained thin layer was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide of Example 1 so that the queue formed to face the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the edges of the ridge were parallel 10833pifdoc / 008 71 200306442. The first light source surface of the light guide body is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Obtain the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the emitted light in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-brightness ratio based on Comparative Example 1 The angle, the angle of the luminance with half of the peak brightness (half the full amplitude), and the absolute difference of the angle of the brightness with the peak brightness of 1/2 (値 / \ 6 ^-△ 0 b |) will be The results are shown in Table 4. [Example 3] The second ridge surface constituting the ridge, as shown in Table 3, from the top of the ridge to the height of the ridge 10. 6 // m is the inclination angle 56. 4 degree plane (point = 38. 6 degrees), the height of the queue 10. 6 / z m ~ 21. 3 // m is the tilt angle 56. 8 degree plane, queue height 21. 3 // m or more is a convex curved surface with a radius of curvature of 400 // m section (inclination angle = 59. 2 degrees) was made in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it consisted of two planes and a convex curved surface (areas 1, 2, and 3 from the top side of the ridge). The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance (d) of the second prism surface of the thin layer to the imaginary plane to the distance (p) between the columns is 1. 03%. The obtained thin layer was placed on the light exit surface side of the light guide in Example 1 so that the queue formed to face the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of the light was parallel to the light of the light guide The incident surface and the first surface are placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-blade angle in the case of Comparative Example 丨, The angle of the brightness of 1/2 of the peak brightness (half of the full 10833pifdoc / 008 72 200306442 amplitude), the absolute difference of the angle of the brightness of 1/2 of the brightness of the peak 値 (| 0 heart Θ b |) 'will The results are shown in Table 4. [Example 4] As shown in Table 3, the second side of the queue is formed from the top of the row to the degree of the queue 21. 5 // m is the inclination angle of 56. 8 degree plane (/ 5 = 33. 2 degrees), the height of the queue 21. Above 5 // m is the inclination angle 58. A 7-degree plane was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that two planes (areas 1 and 2 from the apex side were regions). The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance (d) between the second plane of the thin layer and the imaginary plane to the distance (P) between the lines is 0. 76%. The obtained thin layer was formed in a line on the light exit surface side of the light guide in Example 1 to face the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of the light was incident parallel to the light guide The first surface is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the emitted light in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device, and determine the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-brightness ratio when using Comparative Example 1 as the reference. The angle, the angle of the brightness with half of the peak brightness (half the full amplitude), the absolute difference of the angle difference of the brightness with the peak brightness of 1/2 (値 Δ 0 a-△ 0b |), and the result is Shown in Table 4. [Example 5] As shown in Table 3, the degree (α) of the first plane and the normal line constituting the queue is 29. 0 degrees, making the second line of the queue from the top of the line to the height of the line 16. 0 // m is the inclination angle 55. 3 degree plane (/ 3 = 34. 7 degrees), from the height of the queue 16. 0 // m to the bottom of 稜鏡 from 10833pif. doc / 008 73 200306442 The inclination angle near the top of the ridge starts at 55.7 degrees, 56. 5 degrees, 57.4 degrees, 58. 2 degrees, 59. 0 degrees, 59. 6 degrees, 60. Three planes of the same width of three degrees were composed of eight planes (areas 丨, 2, ..., 8 from the top side of the cymbal), and a cymbal thin layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance (d) of the second plane of the thin layer to the imaginary plane to the distance (P) between the lines is 0. 73%. The obtained thin layer was formed in a line on the light exit surface side of the light guide in Example 1 to form a light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of the light was parallel to the light of the light guide The incident surface and the first surface are placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Obtain the light intensity distribution in the plane perpendicular to both the light incidence surface and the light emission surface of the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio, peak-to-bright angle, and peak-to-brightness brightness in the case of Comparative Example 1 The angle of 1/2 of the luminance (half of full amplitude) and the absolute difference of the angular difference of luminance with 1/2 of the peak brightness (! △ 0b |) are shown in Table 4. [Example 6] As shown in Table 3, the height of Example 5 from the queue is 16. The seven regions from 0 to the bottom of the 以 are formed by curved surfaces that pass through various realms (the inclination angle of each area from the top of the 稜鏡 is 55. 4 degrees, 56. 2 degrees, 57. 1 degree, 57. 9 degrees, 58.7, 59. 3 degrees, 60. Except for 0 degree), a thin cymbal layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance between the second plane of the thin layer and the imaginary plane (d) to the distance between the rows (P) is 0. 68%. The resulting thin layer of cymbal was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide of Example 1 to form a ridge array facing the light exit surface facing the light guide, the edge of the ridge 10833pif. doc / 008 74 200306442 line is parallel to the light incident surface of the light guide, and the first surface is placed on the primary light source side 'to obtain a surface light source device. Calculate the distribution of the emitted light intensity in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device. Measure the peak-to-brightness ratio, peak-to-bright angle, and peak-to-brightness intensity when using Comparative Example 1 as a reference. The results are shown in Table 4 for the angle of half of the luminance (half full amplitude) and the absolute value of the angle difference of half of the luminance with peaks (IΔ Θ a-Δ 0 b |). [Embodiment 7] As shown in Table 3, a plane having an angle (α) formed by the first plane of the queue and the normal line to be 15.0 degrees is used to make the second plane from the top of the plane to Queue height 10. 4 // m is the inclination angle 52. 0 degree plane (0 = 38 degrees), height from the queue 10. From 4 # m to the bottom of the salamander, the inclination angle is 52 from the side of the salamander top. 6 degrees, 52. 8 degrees, 53. 7 degrees, 54. 5 degrees, 55. 3 degrees, 56. 1 degree, 56.8 degrees, 57. 5 degrees, 58. 4 degrees, 60. The ten planes of the same width of 0 degrees are composed of eleven planes (area 1, 2, ... 11 from the top of the 稜鏡), and a 稜鏡 thin layer is produced in the same manner as in Example 1. . The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance (d) of the second plane of the thin layer to the imaginary plane to the distance (P) between the lines is 1. 48%. The obtained thin layer of cymbal was formed in a line with the light exit surface of the light guide in Example 1 to face the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of y was parallel to the light guide of the light guide. The light incident surface and the first surface are placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Determine the luminance distribution of the outgoing light in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of this surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio of 10833 pif in the case of Example 1. doc / 008 75 200306442 Peak chirp angle, the angle of brightness with half of the chirped brightness (half chirp full amplitude), the absolute difference of the angular difference between the brightness with half of the chirped brightness (! △ Θ a- △ (9 b |), and the results are shown in Table 4. [Example 8] As shown in Table 3, the angle (α) formed by the first plane of the queue and the normal is 10. The plane of 0 degrees ’makes the second plane from the top of the plane to the height of the train 11. 5 / zm is the inclination angle 52. 0 degree plane (/ 3 = 38. 0 degrees) ’from the prism row 11. From 5 # m to the edge of the edge, the inclination angle is 52 from the top of the prism. 6 degrees, 52.8 degrees, 53.7 degrees, 54. 5 degrees, 55. 3 degrees, 56. 1 degree, 56. 8 degrees, 57. 5 degrees, 58. Eleven planes of ten planes of the same width of 4 degrees and 60 · 0 degrees (area 1, 2, and. …. 11) Except for the structure, a thin layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The maximum distance between the second plane of the prism sheet and the imaginary plane (the ratio (d / p) of the distance (P) between the rows of the sentence pairs is i. 64%. The ridge thin layer 'to be formed in a line with the light exit surface side of the light guide of Example 1 to form a ridge line facing the light exit surface' 稜鏡 facing the light guide is parallel to the light guide The first incident surface of the light incident surface is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the distribution of the emitted light intensity in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio, peak-to-bright angle, and peak-to-brightness in the case of Comparative Example 1 The results are shown in Table 4 for the angle of half of the luminance (half full amplitude) and the absolute angle difference (IA ea-Δθ b |) of the luminance with a peak of half the luminance. [Example 9] 10833pifdoc / 008 76 200306442 As shown in Table 3, a plane having an angle (α) formed by the first plane of the queue and the normal line to be 5 degrees, and the second plane from the edge Height from the top of the mirror to the queue 12. 9 // m is the inclination angle 52. 0 degree plane (/ 3 = 38 degrees), from the height of the queue 12. The inclination angle from 9 // m to the bottom of the 稜鏡 from the side near the top of the 为 is 52. 6 degrees, 52. 8 degrees, 53.7 degrees, 54. 5 degrees, 55. 3 degrees, 56. 1 degree, 56. 8 degrees, 57. 5 degrees, 58.4 degrees, 60. Eleven planes of ten planes of the same width of 0 degrees (area i, 2, ... from the top side of the 稜鏡 (11) Except for the structure, a thin layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The ratio (d / P) of the maximum distance (d) between the second plane of the thin layer and the imaginary plane to the distance (P) between the columns is: L83%. The obtained thin layer of cymbal was formed in a line with the light exit surface of the light guide in Example 1 to face the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of y was parallel to the light guide of the light guide. The light incident surface and the first surface are placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the distribution of the emitted light intensity in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio, peak-to-bright angle, and peak-to-brightness in the case of Comparative Example 1 The results are shown in Table 4 for the angle of half of the luminance (half of full amplitude) and the absolute difference of the angle of the luminance with peaks of 丨 / 2 (値 b |). [Embodiment 10] As shown in Table 3, the angle (α) formed by the first plane of the queue and the normal is 0. 1 degree plane, the height of the second plane from the top of the row to the queue 14. 5 // m is the inclination angle 52. 0 degree plane (/ 3 = 38 degrees), the height from the queue 14. 5 // m to the bottom of the ridge by approaching the prism top 10833pif. doc / 008 77 200306442 The inclination angle of the side is 52. 6 degrees, 52. 8 degrees, 53. 7 degrees, 54.5 degrees, 55. 3 degrees, 56.1 degrees, 56.8 degrees, 57. 5 degrees, 58. 4 degrees, 60. Eleven planes of ten planes with the same width of 0 degrees (area 1, 2, and. . ... 11) A prism sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the constitution. The maximum distance between the second plane of the thin layer and the imaginary plane (d) to the distance (P) between the lines (d / P) is 2.06%. The light exit surface side of the light guide of Example 1 is formed in a line to face the light exit surface facing the light guide. The ridge line of the light guide is parallel to the light incident surface of the light guide. Place it on the light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the distribution of the emitted light intensity in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio, peak-to-bright angle, and peak-to-brightness in the case of Comparative Example 1 The results are shown in Table 4 for the absolute brightness angle (| Δ Θ b |) of half of the brightness angle (half full amplitude) and the brightness difference of half of the brightness of the peak brightness. [Comparative Example 1] A thin line of ridges was made so that both sides were flat and the apex angle was 65. Sectional equilateral triangle at 4 degrees (a = / 3 = 32. Other than 7 degrees), it is the same as in Example 1 to obtain a surface light source device. Find the intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the outgoing light intensity in the plane perpendicular to the light incident surface and the light exiting surface of the light source device, with the peak chirping intensity as 1. 00, the absolute angle 値 (| △ Θ a- △ 0) of the angle difference between the peak chirping angle, the luminance with half the peak chirping brightness (half chirped full amplitude), and the luminance with half the peak chirping brightness is measured. b |), the results are shown in Table 4. 10833pif. doc / 008 78 200306442

Ltrn細 J s f H o 8 H 〇 〇 〇 F-H s S3 (Ν I 平面、凸曲面之傾斜角(° ) 區域11 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇 $ Ο $ Ο $ 〇 $ I 1 | 1 1 1 1 降® 1 區域10 ! 1 1 i j 1 寸· 8R s to S i 1 1 1 1 j 1 ie-Η Kl~[S ί 〇\ lEil 1 1 1 1 I 1 in En 1〇 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇〇 替 lEil 1 ! 1 I m $ 〇 S 〇〇 OO 00 00 1 i i 1 1 降胆 ¢1 祖[Θ 1 卜 璲 ti 1 寸· 1 i Ό cK ^T) cn cK i "·Η ι—Η 3 1 1 咚M 1 1 KHS ί!租[Θ 1 vo 筠 )5il 1 S m 1 ! § 卜 00 ΠΊ CO cn ΓΟ 1 1 1 1 降脃 ¢1粗陌 降Η [ 域 tel 1 00 1 1 (Ν 00 Os ^Τ) 1 ! 1 1 ¢1粗胆 降陧 1 寸 1 O 1 丨 寸 Τ—Η Pi »Τ) m 卜 卜 SR 1 )5i) 1 1 1 降fs ¢1 祖[Θ 1 η IeD 1 1 ^Τ) IT) (N IT) OO 00 〇〇 00 1 1 ¢1 粗 IS 1 ¢1租® 1 (Ν 替 lEg) o Ch in 00 vd »r^ Γ ΟΟ to 卜 i/S Ό 1 ¢1租胆 睜M ¢1租陌 1 r-H 餺 Ies 'O 00 tn m uo m ο 〇 〇 〇 1 ¢1粗胆 ]rHS 1 /卜 一 >^·、 稜鏡頂角 (° ) OO rn ro 00 VO rn m A 卜 卜 § 〇Ί § S ΓΟ § CO 卜 Pi to N m Pi (N ro … ro S r Η Q τ—Η m J 疆- 1- 靈寸 臟寸 1. m 1. m loo 繊 1- 1〇 i — 義- s J-Λ 6卜Ltrn Fine J sf H o 8 H 〇〇〇FH s S3 (N I plane, convex surface tilt angle (°) area 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇 $ 〇 $ 〇 $ 〇 $ I 1 | 1 1 1 1 Drop® 1 area 10! 1 1 ij 1 inch · 8R s to S i 1 1 1 1 j 1 ie-Η Kl ~ [S ί 〇 \ lEil 1 1 1 1 I 1 in En 1〇1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 〇〇 substitute lEil 1! 1 I m $ 〇S 〇OO 00 00 00 1 ii 1 1 Reduce biliary ¢ 1 ancestor (Θ 1 卜 璲 ti 1 inch · 1 i Ό cK ^ T) cn cK i " · Ι ι—Η 3 1 1 咚 M 1 1 KHS ί! Rent [Θ 1 vo 筠) 5il 1 S m 1! § Bu 00 ΠΊ CO cn ΓΟ 1 1 1 1 00 1 1 (Ν 00 Os ^ Τ) 1! 1 1 ¢ 1 boldly drop 1 inch 1 O 1 丨 inch Τ—Η Pi »Τ) m bu SR 1) 5i) 1 1 1 drop fs ¢ 1 ancestor (Θ 1 η IeD 1 1 ^ Τ) IT) (N IT) OO 00 〇0000 1 1 ¢ 1 Coarse IS 1 ¢ 1 Rent о 1 (N for lEg) o Ch in 00 vd »r ^ Γ ΟΟ to Bu i / S Ό 1 ¢ 1 rent gall open M ¢ 1 rent mob 1 rH 馎 Ies' O 00 tn m uo m ο 〇〇〇〇1 ¢ 1 bold] rHS 1 / 卜 一 > ^, 稜鏡 top angle ( °) OO rn ro 00 VO rn m A § § 〇Ί § S ΓΟ § CO N Pi to N m Pi (N ro… ro S r Η Q τ— J m J Jiang-1- Ling inch dirty inch 1. m 1. m loo 繊 1- 1〇i — meaning-s J-Λ 6 卜

ooOOPOP.JarnSOI 200306442 [第4表] |Δ 6b\ (。） L2/L1 L2/P 峰値輝度比 峰値角度 f ) 實施例1 4.7 1.00 0.93 1.53 -3 實施例2 5.7 1.00 0.93 1.50 —. 0 實施例3 4.6 1.00 0.93 1.54 --- -3 實施例4 4.1 1.00 0.93 1.23 ---_ -3 實施例5 6.3 1.04 0.99 1.55 ^ -2 實施例6 7.2 1.04 0.99 1.50 ——.— -3 實施例7 2.1 1.17 1.28 1.59 — ------^. -1 實施例8 2.4 1.19 1.41 1.66 -2 實施例9 5.6 1.21 1.58 1.79 -2 實施例10 0.2 1.21 1.78 1.43 -3 比較例1 0.8 1.00 0.93 1.00 0 [實施例11〜22] 使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面，由在第5表所示之傾斜 角及分割高度之三個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域1、2、 3)所構成以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。使 所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面側，以 稜鏡形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜線平行於 導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之方式加以 載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之光入射 面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）， 80 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 加以測定以比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、峰値 角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有 峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|Δ 0 a-△ 0 b|)， 將其結果表示於第5表。 [比較例2] 使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面，全體爲曲率半徑452 //m 之斷面圓弧形狀之凸曲面（傾斜角=57.3度、/3=36.3度）以 外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。使所得之稜鏡 薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面側，以稜鏡形成面 對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜線平行於導光體之光 入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之方式加以載置，以得 面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之光入射面及光出射 面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內），加以測定以 比較例1爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、峰値角度、有峰 値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有峰値輝度之1/2 的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|Δ Sa-Δ 0b|)，將其結果表示 於第5表。 10833pifdoc/008 81 200306442ooOOPOP.JarnSOI 200306442 [Table 4] | Δ 6b \ (.) L2 / L1 L2 / P Peak 値 brightness ratio Peak 値 angle f) Example 1 4.7 1.00 0.93 1.53 -3 Example 2 5.7 1.00 0.93 1.50 —. 0 Example 3 4.6 1.00 0.93 1.54 --- -3 Example 4 4.1 1.00 0.93 1.23 ---_ -3 Example 5 6.3 1.04 0.99 1.55 ^ -2 Example 6 7.2 1.04 0.99 1.50-.--3 Example 7 2.1 1.17 1.28 1.59------- ^. -1 Example 8 2.4 1.19 1.41 1.66 -2 Example 9 5.6 1.21 1.58 1.79 -2 Example 10 0.2 1.21 1.78 1.43 -3 Comparative Example 1 0.8 1.00 0.93 1.00 0 [Examples 11 to 22] The second plane constituting the queue was formed by three planes having the inclination angle and the division height shown in Table 5 (area 1, 2, and 3 from the top of the plane) Except for the constitution, a thin cymbal layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The obtained thin layer of cymbal was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide of Example 1 with y formed to face the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of y was incident parallel to the light of the light guide The first surface is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the outgoing light intensity perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device. 80 10833pif.doc / 008 200306442 Measure the peak in the case of using Comparative Example 1 as a reference.値 Brightness ratio, peak chirp angle, angle of half brightness with peak chirp (half chirp full amplitude), absolute angle difference of brightness with half chirped brightness 値 (| Δ 0 a- △ 0 b |), and the results are shown in Table 5. [Comparative Example 2] Except that the second plane constituting the queue is a convex curved surface (inclination angle = 57.3 degrees, /3=36.3 degrees) with a radius of curvature 452 // m of a cross-section arc, the whole In Example 1, a thin layer of rhenium was also prepared. The obtained thin layer of cymbal was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide of Example 1 with y formed to face the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of y was incident parallel to the light of the light guide The first surface is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Obtain the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light incident surface and the light emitting surface perpendicular to the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-bright angle in the case of Comparative Example 1 , The angle of the brightness with half of the peak brightness (half the full amplitude), the absolute difference of the angle with the brightness of the peak brightness of 1/2 (値 Δ Sa-Δ 0b |), and the results are shown in Table 5. 10833pifdoc / 008 81 200306442

【ss Μ c Μ 1| rp T 〇 CO LO 1 r- τ CO I j-j U TmT m 蒼 艺 T— CO T~ CO T~ t— CO t— 'Γ— CO 'Γ— CO CO τ— . I τ— CO CO τ— τ— i s? d 落 o s? 〇 s? <=> s o ο S o σ? ο 00 ο ο ο LO σ> 〇 s CD i 8 T~ s o 8 t— s? o s C5 8 τ— 8 'r— 8 ο τ— τ— s C5 S Ύ— 8 1— _Q CD <J < CNJ T~ CO r— CVJ 00 LO o LO CO LO CO 卜 osi LO c\i CO CO CO 钎 00 — CO 七 CL \ 〇 2 s 〇 s i— s t— "T— 8 t— 8 T— τ— o Ύ— r— τ— Ύ— "Τ— x— σ> σ> c> S? C5 ε I _ m 租 a 摩 謹⑺ σ> σ> LO 5 o s s o S ο σ> ΙΟ o s ο S 00 cd LO 00 LO LO s s CO K o S 00 s o g 00 ⑦ S σ> K σ> LO LO s 卜 ο CT> in 卜 LO LO w ir 00 cd LO CO CO cd LO CO CO C5 00 CO g 00 CO s CO csi LO CO iB LO ? m 1 1 1 CVJ W i 21.5 ~ 32.7 17.4-30.4 17.6 - 30.6 13.6-28.6 17.4-30.8 17.4 ~ 30.8 17.4 - 30.8 17.4-30.8 17.4 ~ 30.8 17.4-28.0 17.8 - 39.4 18.3 - 30.9 1 i LO 1 o 寸 r< t— I o CO 'r— I o <〇 CO Τ Ι o r< 1 〇 寸 卜 Τ Ι ο 寸 Τ Ι o 寸 1 o 寸 r< ^― I o 寸 Τ Ι ο 00 r< I ° CO cd τ— !| !° 1 /^N 0 c m 1 CNJ 券 卜 c\i CO 卜 卜 CN CO 卜 c\i CO 卜 卜 卜 r- cd CO 卜 Ρ5 u LO 异 i co cd co b LO 卜 c\i CO in 卜 c\i 00 卜 c\i CO 卜 卜 卜 卜 卜 卜 11° P 卜 cnj co i: gr ¥ i- 尿 pm pCD 1 圍 i°° gr i- 襲0 i bcvi CVJ 1 200306442 [實施例23〜34] 使用丙烯酸樹脂（三菱RAYON公司製7夕g /< V卜 VH5#000)由射出成形製作一方之面爲消光的導光體。該導 光體係呈爲230mm X 310mmm，厚度3.5mm-1.2mm之楔 子板狀。在此導光體之鏡面側，以與導光體之長度230mm 邊（短邊）平行之方式，由丙烯酸系紫外線硬化樹脂形成稜 鏡列之稜鏡頂角100° 、間距50/zm之稜鏡列以大略並列 連設配置的稜鏡層。沿對應於導光體之長度310mm之邊(長 邊）之一方的側端面（厚度3.5mm之側端面）配置冷陰極管 以光源反射器（麗光公司製銀反射薄膜）覆蓋。更且，在其 他之側端面貼附光擴散反射薄膜（東麗公司製E60)。在稜 鏡列排列面（背面）配置反射薄層。將以上之構成結構組入 框架。此導光體在垂直於光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面 內之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之最大峰値角度對光出射面 法線方向爲70度，半値全幅度爲33度。 一方面，使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面由第6表所示之 傾斜角及分割高度之三個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域 1、2、3)所構成以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄 層。[Ss Μ c Μ 1 | rp T 〇CO LO 1 r- τ CO I jj U TmT m Cangyi T— CO T ~ CO T ~ t— CO t— 'Γ— CO' Γ— CO CO τ—. I τ— CO CO τ— τ— is? d is os? 〇s? < = > so ο S o σ? ο 00 ο ο ο LO σ > 〇s CD i 8 T ~ so 8 t— s? os C5 8 τ— 8 'r— 8 ο τ— τ— s C5 S Ύ— 8 1— _Q CD < J < CNJ T ~ CO r— CVJ 00 LO o LO CO LO CO ososi LO c \ i CO CO CO solder 00 — CO seven CL \ 〇2 s 〇si_ st— " T— 8 t— 8 T— τ— o Ύ— r— τ— Ύ— " T— x— σ > σ > c > S? C5 ε I _ m rent a Mo ⑺ σ > σ > LO 5 osso S ο σ > ΙΟ os ο S 00 cd LO 00 LO LO ss CO K o S 00 sog 00 ⑦ S σ > K σ > LO LO s Bu CT > in Bu LO LO w ir 00 cd LO CO CO cd LO CO CO C5 00 CO g 00 CO s CO csi LO CO iB LO? m 1 1 1 CVJ W i 21.5 ~ 32.7 17.4-30.4 17.6-30.6 13.6-28.6 17.4-30.8 17.4 ~ 30.8 17.4-30.8 17.4-30.8 17.4 ~ 30.8 17.4-28.0 17.8-39.4 18.3-30.9 1 i LO 1 o inch r < t— I o CO 'r— I o < 〇CO Τ Ι o r < 1 〇inch Τ Ι ο inch Τ Ι o inch 1 o inch r < ^ ― I o inch Τ Ι ο 00 r < I ° CO cd τ—! | ! ° 1 / ^ N 0 cm 1 CNJ coupons c \ i CO bu bu CN CO bu c \ i CO bu bu r- cd CO bu 5 u LO different i co cd co b LO bu c \ i CO in bu c \ i 00 bu c \ i CO bu bu bu bu bu bu 11 ° P bu cnj co i: gr ¥ i- urine pm pCD 1 circumference i °° gr i- raid 0 i bcvi CVJ 1 200306442 [Example 23 ~ 34] An acrylic resin (Mitsubishi RAYON Co., Ltd. Tanakag / < V Bu VH5 # 000) was used for injection molding to produce a light guide having a matting surface. The light guide system is a wedge plate with a thickness of 230mm X 310mmm and a thickness of 3.5mm-1.2mm. On the mirror side of the light guide, parallel to the 230mm side (short side) of the length of the light guide, an acrylic ultraviolet curing resin is used to form a ridge top angle of 100 ° and a pitch of 50 / zm. The mirror rows are arranged in roughly parallel rows. A cold cathode tube is arranged along a side end surface (a side end surface having a thickness of 3.5 mm) corresponding to one side (long side) of the length 310 mm of the light guide body, and is covered with a light source reflector (silver reflective film made by Liguang Corporation). Furthermore, a light-diffusing reflective film (E60 manufactured by Toray Corporation) was attached to the other side end surface. A reflective thin layer is arranged on the prism row alignment surface (back surface). Put the above structure into the framework. The maximum peak angle of the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light guide in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light exit surface is 70 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the light exit surface, and the full width of the half chirp is 33. degree. On the one hand, the second plane constituting the queue is composed of three planes (area 1, 2, and 3 from the top side of the plane) formed by the inclination angle and the division height shown in Table 6. In Example 1, a thin layer of rhenium was also prepared.

將所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面 側，以稜鏡形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜線 平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之方 式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之 光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布（XZ l〇833pif.doc/008 83 200306442 面內），加以測定以比較例4爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比 率、峰値角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅 度）、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|^6^_ △ /9 b|)，將其結果表不於第6表。 [比較例3] 使用比較例2之稜鏡薄層以外，係與實施例23〜34同 樣以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之光入射面及 光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內），加以 測定以比較例4爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、峰値角度、 有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有峰値輝 度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|Δ 0 a-△ 0 b|)，將其 結果表不於第6表。 [比較例4] 使用比較例1之稜鏡薄層以外，係與實施例23〜34同 樣以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之光入射面及 光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內），以此 峰値輝度爲1.〇〇,加以測定峰値角度、有峰値輝度之1/2 的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之 角度差的絕對値（|Δ 0b|)，將其結果表不於第6表。 84 10833pif.doc/008 200306442The obtained thin layer of rubidium was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide in Example 1 to form a face of the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the edge line of the radon was parallel to the light of the light guide. The first surface is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Obtain the light intensity distribution in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light exit surface of the surface light source device (XZ 1083pif.doc / 008 83 200306442 in-plane), and measure it in the case of Comparative Example 4 The peak-to-brightness ratio, peak-to-brightness angle, half-brightness, half-full-brightness, and absolute-brightness difference of half-brightness to half-brightness (| ^ 6 ^ _ △ / 9 b |), and the results are shown in Table 6. [Comparative Example 3] A surface light source device was obtained in the same manner as in Examples 23 to 34 except that the ytterbium thin layer of Comparative Example 2 was used. Find the in-plane luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of both the light-incident surface and the light-exit surface perpendicular to this surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-bright angle in the case of Comparative Example 4 , The angle of the luminance with half of the peak luminance (half the full amplitude), and the absolute difference of the angle of the luminance with the peak luminance of 1/2 (値 Δ 0 a-△ 0 b |), and the result is Table is not in Table 6. [Comparative Example 4] A surface light source device was obtained in the same manner as in Examples 23 to 34 except that the ytterbium thin layer of Comparative Example 1 was used. Find the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) in the plane perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the surface light source device. Based on the peak-to-brightness of 1.0, measure the peak-to-blade angle and peaks. The results are shown in Table 6 for the absolute brightness angle (| Δ 0b |) of the luminance angle of 1/2 of the luminance (half-full amplitude) and the luminance of 1/2 of the peak luminance. 84 10833pif.doc / 008 200306442

麗】 Μ 敬 m ϊ Tj— T 7 T τ— CO LO 00 τ CO o 峰讎撤匕 1.36 1.39 τ— CM CO t— 1.39 τ— τ— τ— CO τ— τ— CO CO T~ 1.39 8 T— i 0.93 0.94 0. 93 0.93 0.94 0. 96 0.95 0.97 0. 98 0.99 0.92 0.95 0.93 0. 93 L2/L1 8 Ύ—* 0.98 8 0.99 0. 98 8 τ— 8 Ύ— 8 r— δ 'r— 1.10 0.98 S τ— 8 τ— 8 τ— -Q <J < 0 CD t— Csl in t— ο CNJ Ο r— CVJ τ— CO c\i 00 〇si σ> τ— LO CT> o LO L^J 2 0.90 8 t— s s t— s τ— 8 τ— 'r— 1.10 1.11 "r— 0,99 0. 93 I c S 繼 i ¢1 59.9 60.0 60.1 ο S 59.0 60.0 58.0 56.8 55.8 60.9 58.1 57.3 32.7 58.0 58.8 58.0 57.8 58.9 56.9 57.9 55.9 54.9 53.7 59.0 55.7 ir 56.8 57.3 56.3 57.3 57.3 55.3 56.3 54.3 53.3 52.3 56.3 54.5 1 n CM i 21.5 - 32.7 17.4 - 30.4 17· 6 - 30. 6 13. 6 - 28. 6 17.4 - 30.8 17.4 - 30.8 17.4 - 30.8 17.4 - 30.8 17.4 - 30.8 17.4-28.0 17.8 - 3a 4 18.3-30.9 I I 5 i LO I o 0 - 17.4 0-17.6 CO 00 r— I o 0-17.4 0 - 17.4 0-17.4 0-17.4 0 - 17.4 0 - 17.4 0-17.8 0 - 18.3 I I iff 1 1 33.2 32.7 33.7 32.7 32.7 34.7 33.7 35.7 36.7 卜 卜 35.5 | 36.3 I 32.7 32.5 32.7 32.5 32.7 32.7 30.7 卜 29.7 28.7 卜 c\i 33.7 30.5 I 32.7 I 32.7 j 丨 WM¥\ 24 wm\ 25 , 画0) wmn 30 籩CVJ CO 最 s 寸 I s 200306442 [實施例35〜39] 使構成稜鏡列之一方的稜鏡面（第一稜鏡面）與法線所 成之角度（α )、他方之稜鏡面（第二稜鏡面）側之分角（^ )爲 如第7表所示之角度，使第二稜鏡面由第7表所示之傾斜 角及分割高度的兩個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域1、2) 所構成以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。將所 得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面側，以稜 鏡形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜線平行於導 光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之方式加以載 置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之光入射面 及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布(ΧΖ面內），加 以測定以比較例5爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、峰値角 度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有峰 値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値（|Δ ， 將其結果表示於第7表。 [比較例5] 使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面全體爲傾斜角=55.0度（/3 =35.0度）以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。將 所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面側，以 稜鏡形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜線平行於 導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之方式加以 載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之光入射 面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布(XZ面內）， 以峰値輝度爲1.00，加以測定峰値角度、有峰値輝度之1/2 10833pif.doc/008 86 200306442 的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之 角度差的絕對値（|Δ 0b|)，將其結果表示於第7表。Li] M Jing m ϊ Tj— T 7 T τ— CO LO 00 τ CO o Peak Removal 1.36 1.39 τ— CM CO t— 1.39 τ— τ— τ— CO τ— τ— CO CO T ~ 1.39 8 T — I 0.93 0.94 0.993 0.93 0.94 0.996 0.95 0.97 0.998 0.99 0.92 0.95 0.93 0. 93 L2 / L1 8 Ύ— * 0.98 8 0.99 0. 98 8 τ— 8 Ύ— 8 r— δ 'r— 1.10 0.98 S τ— 8 τ— 8 τ— -Q < J < 0 CD t— Csl in t— ο CNJ Ο r— CVJ τ— CO c \ i 00 〇si σ > τ— LO CT > o LO L ^ J 2 0.90 8 t— sst— s τ— 8 τ— 'r— 1.10 1.11 " r— 0,99 0. 93 I c S following i ¢ 1 59.9 60.0 60.1 ο S 59.0 60.0 58.0 56.8 55.8 60.9 58.1 57.3 32.7 58.0 58.8 58.0 57.8 58.9 56.9 57.9 55.9 54.9 53.7 59.0 55.7 ir 56.8 57.3 56.3 57.3 57.3 57.3 55.3 56.3 54.3 53.3 52.3 56.3 54.5 1 n CM i 21.5-32.7 17.4-30.4 17.6-30. 6 13. 6-28. 6 17.4-30.8 17.4-30.8 17.4-30.8 17.4-30.8 17.4-30.8 17.4-28.0 17.8-3a 4 18.3-30.9 II 5 i LO I o 0-17.4 0-17.6 CO 00 r— I o 0-17.4 0-17.4 0-17.4 0-17.4 0-17.4 0-17.4 0-17.8 0-18.3 II iff 1 1 33.2 32.7 33.7 32.7 32.7 34.7 33.7 35.7 36.7 Bu 35.5 | 36.3 I 32.7 32.5 32.7 32.5 32.7 32.7 30.7 Bu 29.7 28.7 Bu c \ i 33.7 30.5 I 32.7 I 32.7 j 丨 WM ¥ \ 24 wm \ 25, Drawing 0) wmn 30 笾 CVJ CO max s inch I s 200306442 [Examples 35 to 39] The angle (α) formed by one of the planes (the first plane) and the normal line forming one side of the queue The parting angle (^) on the mirror surface (the second plane) is the angle shown in Table 7, so that the second plane is divided by the two planes (inclined from the top of the plane) from the angle of inclination shown in Table 7 Except that the sides are composed of the regions 1 and 2), a cymbal thin layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The obtained thin layer of rubidium was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide in Example 1 to form a face of the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the edge line of the radon was parallel to the light of the light guide. The first surface is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Obtain the in-plane luminance distribution (in the XY plane) of both the light incident surface and the light exit surface perpendicular to the surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-blade angle in the case of Comparative Example 5 , The angle of the brightness of half of the brightness of the peak chirp (half full amplitude), the absolute difference of the angle of brightness of the brightness of the peak chirp 1/2 (| Δ), and the results are shown in Table 7. [Comparison Example 5] Except that the entire second second surface constituting the queue is inclined angle = 55.0 degrees (/ 3 = 35.0 degrees), a thin film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. The obtained thin film was On the light exit surface side of the light guide of Example 1, a 稜鏡 is formed to face the light exit surface facing the light guide. The ridge line of 稜鏡 is parallel to the light incident surface of the light guide. Place it on the light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) of the outgoing light intensity perpendicular to both the light incident surface and the light exit surface of this surface light source device. 1.00, measure the peak chirp angle, 1/2 of the peak chirp brightness 10833pif.doc / 008 86 200306442 The results are shown in Table 7 for the absolute angle (| Δ 0b |) of the angle difference of the luminance (half full amplitude) of luminance and the luminance of 1/2 of the peak luminance.

10833pif.doc/008 87 200306442 【野城】 峰値角度 〇 Γρ Ύ* CO ο CO CSJ 峰値輝度 比 1.20 1— τ— CSJ C\J τ~ CM CSJ '^· τ— T~ 1.00 L2/P σ> CN τ— CNJ τ— 1.27 LO CM T~ σ> CNJ T— CO CSJ -r— L2/L1 1. 16 卜 τ— τ— 卜 τ— 1. 19 CO τ— τ— 1. 18 CD < < Ο Vw/ CsJ C\J CO CO LO C\J in LO CO σ> o d/P 0. 97 0.48 0. 97 0. 97 0. 85 I 平面、凸曲面之傾斜 角（。） I區域2 I ο 56.0 56.0 55.0 o LO 55.0 區域1 55.0 ο ιο ΙΟ 54.0 53.0 55.0 平面之高度（"m) 1區域2 1 18. 6-60. 5 18.6-59.4 18. 8-58. 9 19.0-57.3 15. 1-60.8 I 區域1 0-18.6 0-18.6 0-18.8 0-19.0 0-15. 1 I 稜鏡頂角<(°) 35.0 35.0 36.0 37.0 35.0 35.0 ο Lri Ύ— ο LO τ— 15.0 o LO τ— o o LO τ— 實施例 3 5 實施例 3 6 實施例 3 7 實施例 3 8 實施例 3 9 比較例 510833pif.doc / 008 87 200306442 [Wild City] Peak angle 〇Γρ Ύ * CO ο CO CSJ Peak ratio of brightness 1.20 1— τ— CSJ C \ J τ ~ CM CSJ '^ · τ— T ~ 1.00 L2 / P σ > CN τ— CNJ τ— 1.27 LO CM T ~ σ > CNJ T— CO CSJ -r— L2 / L1 1. 16 Bu τ— τ— Bu τ— 1. 19 CO τ— τ— 1. 18 CD < < Ο Vw / CsJ C \ J CO CO LO C \ J in LO CO σ > od / P 0. 97 0.48 0. 97 0. 97 0. 85 I Inclination angle of plane and convex surface (.) I area 2 I ο 56.0 56.0 55.0 o LO 55.0 Area 1 55.0 ο ιο ΙΟ 54.0 53.0 55.0 Height of the plane (" m) 1 Area 2 1 18. 6-60. 5 18.6-59.4 18. 8-58. 9 19.0-57.3 15 1-60.8 I zone 1 0-18.6 0-18.6 0-18.8 0-19.0 0-15. 1 I 稜鏡 apex < (°) 35.0 35.0 36.0 37.0 35.0 35.0 ο Lri Ύ— ο LO τ— 15.0 o LO τ— oo LO τ— Example 3 5 Example 3 6 Example 3 7 Example 3 8 Example 3 9 Comparative Example 5

ooOOPOP.Jaeeoool 200306442 [實施例40〜44] 使構成稜鏡列之一方的稜鏡面（第一稜鏡面）與法線所 成之角度（α )、他方之稜鏡面（第二稜鏡面）側之分角（/5 )爲 如第8表所示之角度，使第二稜鏡面由第8表所示之傾斜 角及分割高度的兩個平面（從稜鏡頂部側開始爲區域1、2) 所構成以外，係與實施例23〜34同樣加以製作稜鏡薄層。 將所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例1之導光體的光出射面側， 以稜鏡形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的稜線平行 於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側之方式加 以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝置之光入 射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布（ΧΖ面 內），加以測定以比較例6爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、 峰値角度、有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、 有峰値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度差的絕對値 b|)，將其結果表示於第8表。 [比較例6] 使構成稜鏡列之第二稜鏡面全體爲傾斜角=55.0度（/? =35.0度）之平面以外，係與實施例1同樣加以製作稜鏡薄 層。將所得之稜鏡薄層，在實施例23〜34之導光體的光出 射面側，以稜鏡形成面對向於導光體之光出射面，稜鏡的 稜線平行於導光體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面在一次光源側 之方式加以載置，以得面光源裝置。求垂直於此面光源裝 置之光入射面及光出射面之雙方的面內之出射光輝度分布 (XZ面內），以峰値輝度爲1·〇〇，加以測定峰値角度、有峰 10833pif.doc/008 89 200306442 値輝度之1/2的輝度之角度（半値全幅度）、有峰値輝度之1/2 的輝度之角度差的絕對値（ΙΔ 0 a-△ 0 b|)，將其結果表示 於第8表。ooOOPOP.Jaeeoool 200306442 [Examples 40 to 44] The angle (α) formed by one of the planes (the first plane) and the normal line constituting one side of the queue, and the side of the other side (the second plane) of the other side The sub-angle (/ 5) is the angle shown in Table 8, so that the second plane is divided by the two planes of the inclination angle and the division height shown in Table 8 (area 1 and 2 from the top of the plane) Except for the constitution, a thin gadolinium layer was produced in the same manner as in Examples 23 to 34. The obtained thin layer of rubidium was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide in Example 1 to form a face of the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of the radon was parallel to the light of the light guide. The first surface is placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Obtain the in-plane luminance distribution (in the XY plane) of both the light incident surface and the light exit surface perpendicular to this surface light source device, and measure the peak-to-brightness ratio and peak-to-blade angle in the case of Comparative Example 6 , The angle of the luminance of half of the peak chirped luminance (half chirp full amplitude), the absolute difference of the angle of the luminance of half of the chirped chirped luminance (b |), and the results are shown in Table 8. [Comparative Example 6] A thin film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the entire second second plane constituting the queue was a plane having an inclination angle = 55.0 degrees (/? = 35.0 degrees). The obtained thin layer of 稜鏡 was formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide in Examples 23 to 34 to form a 稜鏡 face to the light exit surface facing the light guide, and the ridge line of 稜鏡 was parallel to the light guide of the light guide. The light incident surface and the first surface are placed on the primary light source side to obtain a surface light source device. Find the light intensity distribution (in the XZ plane) in the plane perpendicular to both the light incidence surface and the light emission surface of the surface light source device, and use the peak-to-brightness value to be 1.0. .doc / 008 89 200306442 The absolute angle 1/2 (ΙΔ 0 a- △ 0 b |) of the angular difference of the luminance of 1/2 of the luminance (half chirp full amplitude) and the luminance of 1/2 of the peak luminance. The results are shown in Table 8.

10833pif.doc/008 90 200306442 I】 峰値角度 〇 ητ CO CvJ τ— LO CSJ 峰値輝度 比 ο τ— τ— τ— 1.20 LO τ— 1.00 L2/P σ> CNJ τ— CSJ r—1 csi τ— LO CM τ— CJ> CsJ T-— 1.26 L2/L1 CO τ— 卜 τ— τ—· 卜 τ— τ— τ— CD 'r— T~ 00 τ— ΤΓ— -Q < CD < /^N Ο Nw/ 00 00 σ> 00 α> CO 00 CSJ ai CO oi d/P 0. 97 0. 48 0. 97 0. 97 LO CO O I 平面、凸曲面之傾斜 角（。） I區域2 I 57.0 ο CO ιη 56.0 55.0 〇 o LO LO 區域1 ο LO ιη 55.0 54.0 53.0 O LO LO 平面之高度（//m) I區域2 I 18. 6-60.5 18.6-59.4 18. 8-58.9 19.0-57.3 15. 1-60.8 I 區域1 0-18.6 0-18.6 0-18. 8 0-19.0 τ— in Ύ—' o I 稜鏡頂角八°) ο LO C0 35.0 ο CD CO o CO 35.0 35.0 15.0 ο LO τ— Ο LO Ύ~ o LO T~ o 〇 LO τ— 實施例 4 0 實施例 4 1 實施例 4 2 實施例 4 3 實施例 4 4 比較例 610833pif.doc / 008 90 200306442 I] Peak chirp angle 〇ητ CO CvJ τ— LO CSJ Peak chirp ratio ο τ— τ— τ— 1.20 LO τ— 1.00 L2 / P σ > CNJ τ— CSJ r-1 csi τ — LO CM τ— CJ > CsJ T-— 1.26 L2 / L1 CO τ— τ — τ — τ — τ — τ — τ — CD 'r — T ~ 00 τ — ΤΓ — -Q < CD < / ^ N Ο Nw / 00 00 σ > 00 α > CO 00 CSJ ai CO oi d / P 0. 97 0. 48 0. 97 0. 97 LO CO OI Inclination angle of plane and convex surface (.) I area 2 I 57.0 ο CO ιη 56.0 55.0 〇o LO LO area 1 ο LO ιη 55.0 54.0 53.0 O LO LO plane height (/ m) I area 2 I 18. 6-60.5 18.6-59.4 18. 8-58.9 19.0-57.3 15 1-60.8 I zone 1 0-18.6 0-18.6 0-18. 8 0-19.0 τ— in Ύ— 'o I 稜鏡 apex angle 8 °) ο LO C0 35.0 ο CD CO o CO 35.0 35.0 15.0 ο LO τ— Ο LO Ύ ~ o LO T ~ o 〇LO τ— Example 4 0 Example 4 1 Example 4 2 Example 4 3 Example 4 4 Comparative Example 6

200306442 [實施例45] 在實施例1之面光源裝置，使一方之表面爲平均傾斜 角度7.27度之消光面，他方之表面爲平均傾斜角度0.7度 之消光面，出射光光度分布（XZ面內）之半値全幅度爲9.4 度之光擴散兀件’在光偏向兀件之出光面上，以平均傾斜 角度爲7.27度之消光面對向於光偏向元件側之方式加以載 置，以得面光源裝置。將所製作之面光源裝置的出射光輝 度分布(XZ面內）之以比較例5爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比 率、輝度半値全幅度，以目視確認之品質評價結果表示於 第9表。 [實施例46] 使一方之表面爲平均傾斜角度5.0度之消光面，他方 之表面爲平均傾斜角度〇·7度之消光面，出射光光度分布 (ΧΖ面內）之半値全幅度爲6度之光擴散兀件，在光偏向兀 件之出光面上，以平均傾斜角度爲5.0度之消光面對向於 光偏向元件之方式載置以外，係與實施例1同樣以得面光 源裝置。將所製作之面光源裝置的出射光輝度分布(ΧΖ面 內）之以比較例5爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、輝度半 値全幅度’以目視確認之品質評價結果表不於第9表。 [實施例47] 在厚度125/zm之聚酯薄膜之一方的表面形成間距30 μ m之多數雙凸透鏡（lenticular lens)列以大略並列連設， 使雙凸透鏡列之表面形成粗面化於平均傾斜角1度之最大 平均傾斜角爲10.4度，最大平均傾斜角/最小平均傾斜角 10833pif.doc/008 92 200306442 爲10.4之透鏡排列構造，在他方之表面形成平均傾斜角度 0.7度之消光面的出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度 爲11.2度之光擴散元件，使此光擴散元件，以雙凸透鏡列 平行於光偏向元件之稜鏡列，透鏡排列構造面對向於光偏 向元件之方式加以載置以外，係與實施例1同樣以得面光 源裝置。將所製作的面光源裝置之出射光輝度分布（XZ面 內）之以比較例5爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、輝度半 値全幅度，以目視確認之品質評價結果表示於第9表。 [實施例48] 在厚度125//m之聚酯薄膜之一方的表面形成最大平 均傾斜角爲8.2度之髮紋(hair line)，在他方之表面形成平 均傾斜角0.7度之消光面的出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半 値全幅度爲10.5度之光擴散元件，使此光擴散元件，以髮 紋之方向大略平行於光偏向元件之稜鏡列，髮紋形成面對 向於光偏向元件側之方式加以載置以外，係與實施例1同 樣以得面光源裝置。將所製作的面光源裝置之出射光輝度 分布(XZ面內）之以比較例5爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比 率、輝度半値全幅度，以目視確認之品質評價結果表示於 第9表。 [實施例49] 在厚度125//m之聚酯薄膜之一方的表面形成以蝕刻 (etching)所形成之寬度30/z m，長度60// m之多數柱面透 鏡(cylindrical lens)形狀體在同一方向以離散排列之最大平 均傾斜角爲6·0度，最大平均傾斜角/最小平均傾斜角爲6.0 10833pif.doc/008 93 200306442 之透鏡排列構造，在他方之表面形成平均傾斜角〇·7度之 消光面的出射光光度分布(ΧΖ面內）之半値全幅度爲7.0度 之光擴散元件，使此光擴散元件，以柱面透鏡之排列方向 與光偏向元件之稜鏡列大略平行，透鏡排列構造面對向於 光偏向元件側之方式加以載置以外，係與實施例1同樣以 得面光源裝置。將所製作的面光源裝置之出射光輝度分布 (ΧΖ面內）之以比較例5爲基準之場合的峰値輝度比率、輝 度半値全幅度，以目視確認之品質評價結果表示於第9表。200306442 [Example 45] In the surface light source device of Example 1, one surface was a matting surface with an average inclination angle of 7.27 degrees, and the other surface was a matting surface with an average inclination angle of 0.7 degrees. ) Half of the light-diffusing element with a full width of 9.4 degrees is placed on the light-emitting surface of the element with an average inclination angle of 7.27 degrees facing the light-deflecting element side to obtain the surface Light source device. Table 9 shows the results of the quality evaluation of the peak-to-brightness luminance ratio and half-brightness of the luminance of the outgoing light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the manufactured surface light source device based on Comparative Example 5. [Example 46] Let one surface be a matting surface with an average inclination angle of 5.0 degrees, and the other surface be a matting surface with an average inclination angle of 0.7 degrees, and the full width of the half-width of the outgoing photometric distribution (in the XY plane) is 6 degrees. The light-diffusing element is placed on the light-emitting surface of the light-deflecting element with an extinction face having an average inclination angle of 5.0 degrees toward the light-deflecting element, and is the same as in Example 1 to obtain a surface light source device. Table 9 shows the results of the quality evaluation results of visual inspection of the peak-brightness luminance ratio and half-brightness of the luminance of the emitted light luminance distribution (in the XY plane) of the manufactured surface light source device based on Comparative Example 5. . [Example 47] A plurality of lenticular lens rows with a pitch of 30 μm were formed on one surface of a polyester film having a thickness of 125 / zm in parallel, so that the surfaces of the lenticular lens rows were roughened and averaged. The maximum average inclination angle of 1 degree of inclination is 10.4 degrees, and the maximum average inclination angle / minimum average inclination angle is 10833 pif.doc / 008 92 200306442. The lens arrangement structure of 10.4 forms a matte surface with an average inclination angle of 0.7 degrees on the other surface. A light diffusing element with a half width of 11.2 degrees of the full width of the outgoing photometric distribution (in the XZ plane). This light diffusing element has a biconvex lens array parallel to the light deflection element. The lens arrangement structure faces the light deflection. The surface light source device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that components were mounted. The peak-brightness luminance ratio and the half-brightness of the luminance of the emitted light luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the manufactured surface light source device based on Comparative Example 5 are shown in Table 9 in terms of visually confirmed quality evaluation results. [Example 48] A hair line having a maximum average inclination angle of 8.2 degrees was formed on one surface of a polyester film having a thickness of 125 // m, and a matting surface having an average inclination angle of 0.7 degrees was formed on the other surface. A light-diffusing element with a half width of 10.5 degrees in the half-width of the photometric light distribution (in the XZ plane) makes the light-diffusing element approximately parallel to the line of light deflection elements in the direction of the hairline, and the hairline formation faces the light. The surface light source device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was placed on the element side. Table 9 shows the results of the quality evaluation of the peak-to-brightness ratio and half-brightness of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the produced surface light source device in the case of Comparative Example 5 as a reference. [Example 49] A cylindrical lens (cylindrical lens) having a width of 30 / zm and a length of 60 // m formed by etching was formed on one surface of a polyester film having a thickness of 125 // m. The lens arrangement structure with the largest average tilt angle of 6.0 ° and the maximum average tilt angle / minimum average tilt angle of discrete arrangement in the same direction being 6.0 10833pif.doc / 008 93 200306442 forms an average tilt angle of 0.7 on the other surface The light diffusing element with a half width of 7.0 degrees on the extinction photometric distribution (in the XY plane) of the extinction surface of the degree of light makes the arrangement of the light diffusing element approximately parallel to the array of light deflection elements with the arrangement direction of the cylindrical lens, A surface light source device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the lens array structure was placed so as to face the light deflection element side. The peak-to-brightness ratio and half-brightness range of the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the produced surface light source device based on Comparative Example 5 are shown in Table 9 by visually confirming the quality evaluation results.

10833pif.doc/008 94 200306442 【ss 品質 稍微良好 良好 良好 良好 良好 i 良好 良好 i 有閃耀 輝度半値全幅 度（。) CsJ CO Ί— 卜 Ί— LO id τ— 〇〇 LO τ— 16. 2 寸 LO τ— CO 峰値輝度比率 CO in τ— CM τ— τ— 00 τ— r— CO C\I τ— 1.34 1.00 光擴散元件 霧化値（％) 1 73.60 58.25 64.70 62.00 55.00 I 半値全幅度（°) 1 寸 CJ> o cb C\J Ύ— τ— 10. 5 〇 I 平均傾斜角（°) 1 c\i 5. 00 最大：10. 40 最小：1.00 8. 20 最大：6. 00 最小：1.00 I 實施例1 實施例 4 5 實施例 4 6 實施例 4 7 實施例 4 8 實施例 4 9 比較例510833pif.doc / 008 94 200306442 [ss quality is slightly better good good good good i good good i has a brightness of half a full range (.) τ— CO peak 値 brightness ratio CO in τ — CM τ — τ — 00 τ — r — CO C \ I τ — 1.34 1.00 Atomization of light diffusion element 値 (%) 1 73.60 58.25 64.70 62.00 55.00 I ) 1 inch CJ > o cb C \ J Ύ— τ— 10. 5 〇I average tilt angle (°) 1 c \ i 5. 00 maximum: 10. 40 minimum: 1.00 8. 20 maximum: 6. 00 minimum: 1.00 I Example 1 Example 4 5 Example 4 6 Example 4 7 Example 4 8 Example 4 9 Comparative Example 5

ooOOPOP.Jaeeooor 200306442 [實施例50〜84] 使用丙烯酸樹脂藉由射出成形，以製作一方之主面爲 消光，在他方之主面使延伸在與導光體之光入射面直交方 向之棱鏡列以並列連設排列之14英吋的斷面楔形狀之導 光體。使以光源反射器（麗光公司製銀反射薄膜）覆蓋的冷 陰極管一次光源以對向配置於導光體之光入射面。更且， 在其他之側端面貼附光擴散反射薄膜（東麗公司製E60)， 在稜鏡列排列面（背面）配置反射薄層。將以上構成結構組 入框架。此導光體的出射光光度分布之最大峰値角度對光 出射面法線方向爲70度，半値全幅度爲33度。 一方面，用折射率1.5064之丙烯酸系紫外線硬化性樹 脂’使構成稜鏡列之接近於一次光源側的稜鏡面（第一稜 鏡面）爲大略平面，使從一次光源較遠側之稜鏡面（第二稜 鏡面）之接近稜鏡頂部之面爲大略平面，接近於出光面側 之面爲凸曲面形狀的間距50// m之多數稜鏡列以並列連設 的稜鏡列形成面，使此稜鏡列形成面形成於厚度125//m 之聚酯薄膜之一方的表面以製作稜鏡薄層。此時稜鏡列之 形狀係使第一稜鏡面之傾斜角α、第二稜鏡面之傾斜角 /5、凸曲面形狀部之弦的傾斜角r，對稜鏡列之高度（Η) 的從稜鏡列之頂部至凸曲面形狀之高度（h)的比率（h/H)、 棱鏡列之間距(P)與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比（r/P)、對 稜鏡列之間距(P)的凸曲面形狀部之弦與凸曲面形狀部的最 大距離（d)之比率(d/P)爲如第10表所示之値。 使此稜鏡薄層，在導光體之光出射面側以稜鏡列形成 l〇833pif.doc/008 96 200306442 面對向於導光體之光出射面側，稜鏡的棱線平行於導光體 之光入射面’第一稜鏡面與一次光源平行之方式加以載置 以得面光源裝置。加以測定所得的面光源裝置之峰値輝度 的強度比、垂直於冷陰極管之面內的出射光輝度分布之半 値全幅度及出射光輝度分布之峰値角度，將其結果表示於 第10表。 [比較例7] 對稜鏡薄層，使從一次光源較遠側之稜鏡面（第二稜鏡 面）之全面爲曲率半徑400//m的斷面圓弧之凸曲面形狀以 外，係與實施例50同樣以得面光源裝置。加以測定所得 面光源裝置之峰値輝度的強度比，垂直於冷陰極管之面內 的出射光輝度分布之半値全幅度及出射光輝度分布之峰値 角度，將其結果表示於第10表。 10833pif.doc/008 97 200306442 【第1 0表】 a (deg) β (deg) r (deg) h/H (%) r /P d/P (%) 半値全幅度 (度） 輝度比率 峰値角度 (度） 50 32 5 33 2 31 48 11 1 0 26 16 0 1 018 -2 51 32 5 33.2 31 48 9 3 0 31 15. 6 1 037 - 2 52 32.5 33.2 31 48 8 4 0 34 15 4 1 056 -3 53 32 5 33.2 31 48 7 5 0.38 15.2 1 080 - 3 54 32.5 33.2 31 48 7 1 0 41 15.2 1 084 -3 55 32.5 33.2 31 48 6 6 0 43 15.2 1.075 -3 56 32 5 33.2 31 48 5 5 0.52 15 8 1 030 -2 57 32.5 33.2 31 30 3 8 0 0 66 15.3 1 074 -4 58 32 5 33.2 31 38 9 8 0 0 50 15.2 1 067 -3 59 32 5 33.2 31 48 8 0 0 36 15.3 1 070 -3 60 32.5 33.2 31 55.9 8 0 0.26 15. 8 1 035 - 2 61 32.5 33 7 31 39 3 8 0 0 49 15 2 1 059 -3 62 32.7 33. 7 31 48 4 7 1 0. 41 15.2 1 054 - 3 63 32.7 33.7 31 39.5 7. 1 0. 55 15. 1 1.070 -4 64 32.7 33. 7 31 48.4 8 0 0. 36 15.3 1.052 -2 65 32 7 33.7 31 39 5 8 0 0.48 15.2 1 066 -3 66 32 7 33. 7 31 30 8 8 0 0 64 15.4 1.064 - 4 mm\ 67 32 7 32. 7 30 38 3 7 1 0.58 15. 1 1 085 - 6 68 32 7 32.7 31 47 8 8 0 0 36 16.2 1 022 -3 69 32 7 32. 7 31 38 7 8 0 0 50 15 6 1 046 - 3 70 32.7 32.7 31 30.2 8 0 0.66 15 2 1.066 -4 71 32.7 32.7 31 30.2 5.3 0 99 16.2 1.007 - 3 72 32.7 32. 7 31 30.2 10 0 0 53 16.3 1 018 -3 73 32 7 32.7 30 47 3 8.0 0 37 15.3 1 068 - 5 74 32 7 32.7 30 38.3 8 0 0 51 15.3 1 078 - 6 75 31 7 31.7 30 36 4 8 0 0 58 18 2 1 008 -6 76 33.7 33.7 31 40 8 8 0 0 44 15 1 1 051 - 3 77 30.5 35.5 33 07 41 6.8 0. 57 15. 1 1.060 2 78 30 7 34 30 36 8 8 0 0 57 16 9 1 019 -4 79 28 7 36. 7 34 38 4 8 0 0 55 16.0 1 070 4 80 30.7 34. 7 32 38 3 5.3 0 81 16.0 1 047 0 81 30 7 34.7 32 38 3 8 0 0. 53 15.3 1 079 -1 &2 30.7 34. 7 32 38 3 10 0 0 43 15 9 1 053 0 83 31.7 33. 7 31 38 3 8.0 0 52 15.3 1.080 -4 84 29 7 35. 7 33 38 3 8 0 0 54 15 4 1 095 1 mm\ 7 32.7 32. 7 一 — 8 0 1 34 16. 2 1.000 -2 98 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 [實施例85〜105] 使用丙烯酸樹脂藉由射出成形，以製作一方之主面爲 消光’在他方之主面使延伸在與導光體之光入射面直交方 向之稜鏡列以並列連設排列之14英吋的斷面楔形狀之導 光體。使以光源反射器（麗光公司製銀反射薄膜）覆蓋的冷 陰極管一次光源以對向配置於導光體之光入射面。更且， 在其他之側端面貼附光擴散反射薄膜（東麗公司製E60)， 在稜鏡列排列面（背面）配置反射薄層。將以上構成結構組 入框架。此導光體的出射光光度分布之最大峰値角度對光 出射面法線方向爲71度，半値全幅度爲21.5度。 一方面，用折射率1.5064之丙烯酸系紫外線硬化性樹 脂，使構成稜鏡列之接近於一次光源側之稜鏡面（第一稜 鏡面）爲大略平面，使從一次光源較遠側之稜鏡面（第二稜 鏡面）之接近稜鏡頂部之面爲大略平面，接近於出光面側 之面爲凸曲面形狀的間距50// m之多數稜鏡列以並列連設 的稜鏡列形成面，使此稜鏡列形成面形成於厚度125 // m 之聚酯薄膜之一方的表面以製作稜鏡薄層。此時稜鏡列之 形狀係使第一稜鏡面之傾斜角α、第二稜鏡面之傾斜角 召、凸曲面形狀部之弦的傾斜角Τ，對稜鏡列之高度（Η) 的從稜鏡列之頂部至凸曲面形狀部之高度（h)的比率 (h/H)、稜鏡列之間距（P)與凸曲面形狀之曲率半徑⑴的比 (r/P)、對稜鏡列之間距(P)的凸曲面形狀部之弦與凸曲面形 狀部的最大距離（d)之比率(d/P)爲如第11表所示之値。 使此稜鏡薄層，在導光體之光出射面側，以稜鏡列形 10833pif.doc/008 99 200306442 成面對向於導光體之光出射面側，稜鏡的稜線平行於導光 體之光入射面，第一稜鏡面與一次光源平行之方式加以載 置以得面光源裝置。加以測定所得的面光源裝置之峰値輝 度的強度比、垂直於冷陰極管之面內的出射光輝度分布之 半値全幅度及出射光輝度分布之峰値角度，將其結果表示 於第11表。 [比較例8] 對稜鏡薄層，使從一次光源較遠側之稜鏡面（第二稜鏡 面）之全面爲曲率半徑400//m的斷面圓弧之凸曲面形狀以 外，係與實施例50同樣以得面光源裝置。加以測定所得 面光源裝置之峰値輝度的強度比，垂直於冷陰極管之面內 的出射光輝度分布之半値全幅度及出射光輝度分布之峰値 角度，將其結果表示於第11表。 雖然本發明已以一較佳實施例揭露如上，然其並非用 以限定本發明，任何熟習此技藝者，在不脫離本發明之精 神和範圍內，當可作些許之更動與潤飾，因此本發明之保 護範圍當視後附之申請專利範圍所界定者爲準。 10833pif.doc/008 100 200306442 【第1 1表】ooOOPOP.Jaeeooor 200306442 [Examples 50 to 84] Using acrylic resin by injection molding, the main surface of one side is made extinct, and on the other main surface, a prism row extending in a direction orthogonal to the light incident surface of the light guide is formed. Side-by-side 14-inch wedge-shaped light guides are arranged side by side. A cold-cathode tube primary light source covered with a light source reflector (silver reflective film made by Liguang Co., Ltd.) was arranged opposite to the light incident surface of the light guide. Furthermore, a light-diffusing reflective film (E60 manufactured by Toray Industries) was attached to the other end surface, and a reflective thin layer was arranged on the queuing array surface (back surface). Put the above composition into the framework. The maximum peak angle of the photometric distribution of the light output of this light guide is 70 degrees to the normal direction of the light exit surface, and the full amplitude of the half-angle is 33 degrees. On the one hand, an acrylic ultraviolet curable resin having a refractive index of 1.5064 is used to make the surface (the first surface) close to the primary light source side of the array to be a substantially flat surface, and the surface farther from the primary light source ( The second surface) The surface close to the top of the surface is roughly flat, and the surface close to the light-emitting surface is a convex curved surface with a pitch of 50 // m. This queue formation surface is formed on one surface of a polyester film having a thickness of 125 // m to form a thin film. At this time, the shape of the queue is such that the inclination angle α of the first plane, the inclination angle / 5 of the second plane, and the inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved surface shape are determined from the height of the train (Η). The ratio (h / H) of the height (h) from the top of the queue to the shape of the convex surface, the ratio of the distance between the prism columns (P) and the radius of curvature ⑴ of the convex surface shape (r / P), The ratio (d / P) of the chord of the convexly curved shape part of the pitch (P) to the maximum distance (d) of the convexly curved shape part is as shown in Table 10. This thin layer is formed in a line on the light exit surface side of the light guide body 10833pif.doc / 008 96 200306442 facing the light exit surface side of the light guide body, the ridge line of the light guide is parallel to The light incident surface of the light guide body is placed in such a way that the first surface is parallel to the primary light source to obtain a surface light source device. The measured intensity ratio of the peak-to-brightness of the surface light source device, the half-full width of the outgoing light luminance distribution perpendicular to the plane of the cold cathode tube, and the peak-to-angle angle of the outgoing light luminance distribution were measured, and the results are shown in Table 10. . [Comparative Example 7] For a thin layer of thin film, the entire curved surface (second curved surface) from the far side of the primary light source is a convex curved surface with a radius of curvature of 400 // m in cross section. Example 50 was also used to obtain a surface light source device. The measured intensity ratio of the peak-to-brightness of the surface light source device was measured, and it was perpendicular to the half-full width of the light-emission luminance distribution and the peak-to-light angle of the light-emission luminance distribution in the plane of the cold cathode tube. The results are shown in Table 10. 10833pif.doc / 008 97 200306442 [Table 10] a (deg) β (deg) r (deg) h / H (%) r / P d / P (%) half full amplitude (degrees) luminance ratio peak 値Angle (degrees) 50 32 5 33 2 31 48 11 1 0 26 16 0 1 018 -2 51 32 5 33.2 31 48 9 3 0 31 15. 6 1 037-2 52 32.5 33.2 31 48 8 4 0 34 15 4 1 056 -3 53 32 5 33.2 31 48 7 5 0.38 15.2 1 080-3 54 32.5 33.2 31 48 7 1 0 41 15.2 1 084 -3 55 32.5 33.2 31 48 6 6 0 43 15.2 1.075 -3 56 32 5 33.2 31 48 5 5 0.52 15 8 1 030 -2 57 32.5 33.2 31 30 3 8 0 0 66 15.3 1 074 -4 58 32 5 33.2 31 38 9 8 0 0 50 15.2 1 067 -3 59 32 5 33.2 31 48 8 0 0 36 15.3 1 070 -3 60 32.5 33.2 31 55.9 8 0 0.26 15. 8 1 035-2 61 32.5 33 7 31 39 3 8 0 0 49 15 2 1 059 -3 62 32.7 33. 7 31 48 4 7 1 0. 41 15.2 1 054-3 63 32.7 33.7 31 39.5 7. 1 0. 55 15. 1 1.070 -4 64 32.7 33. 7 31 48.4 8 0 0. 36 15.3 1.052 -2 65 32 7 33.7 31 39 5 8 0 0.48 15.2 1 066 -3 66 32 7 33. 7 31 30 8 8 0 0 64 15.4 1.064-4 mm \ 67 32 7 32. 7 30 38 3 7 1 0.58 15. 1 1 085-6 68 32 7 32.7 3 1 47 8 8 0 0 36 16.2 1 022 -3 69 32 7 32. 7 31 38 7 8 0 0 50 15 6 1 046-3 70 32.7 32.7 31 30.2 8 0 0.66 15 2 1.066 -4 71 32.7 32.7 31 30.2 5.3 0 99 16.2 1.007-3 72 32.7 32. 7 31 30.2 10 0 0 53 16.3 1 018 -3 73 32 7 32.7 30 47 3 8.0 0 37 15.3 1 068-5 74 32 7 32.7 30 38.3 8 0 0 51 15.3 1 078 -6 75 31 7 31.7 30 36 4 8 0 0 58 18 2 1 008 -6 76 33.7 33.7 31 40 8 8 0 0 44 15 1 1 051-3 77 30.5 35.5 33 07 41 6.8 0. 57 15. 1 1.060 2 78 30 7 34 30 36 8 8 0 0 57 16 9 1 019 -4 79 28 7 36. 7 34 38 4 8 0 0 55 16.0 1 070 4 80 30.7 34. 7 32 38 3 5.3 0 81 16.0 1 047 0 81 30 7 34.7 32 38 3 8 0 0. 53 15.3 1 079 -1 & 2 30.7 34. 7 32 38 3 10 0 0 43 15 9 1 053 0 83 31.7 33. 7 31 38 3 8.0 0 52 15.3 1.080 -4 84 29 7 35. 7 33 38 3 8 0 0 54 15 4 1 095 1 mm \ 7 32.7 32. 7 a— 8 0 1 34 16. 2 1.000 -2 98 10833pif.doc / 008 200306442 [Examples 85 to 105 ] Use acrylic resin for injection molding to make one of the main surfaces as matting. Perpendicular to the light incident surface side of wedge-shaped cross-section to turn disposed parallel connected arrangement of the light 14 inch column of Prism. A cold-cathode tube primary light source covered with a light source reflector (silver reflective film made by Liguang Co., Ltd.) was arranged opposite to the light incident surface of the light guide. Furthermore, a light-diffusing reflective film (E60 manufactured by Toray Industries) was attached to the other end surface, and a reflective thin layer was arranged on the queuing array surface (back surface). Put the above composition into the framework. The maximum peak angle of the photometric distribution of the light output of this light guide is 71 degrees to the normal direction of the light exit surface, and the full amplitude of the half-angle is 21.5 degrees. On the one hand, an acrylic ultraviolet curable resin having a refractive index of 1.5064 is used to make the surface (the first surface) close to the side of the primary light source that constitutes the line a substantially flat surface, and the surface farther from the primary light source ( The second surface) The surface close to the top of the surface is roughly flat, and the surface close to the light-emitting surface is a convex curved surface with a pitch of 50 // m. This queue formation surface is formed on the surface of one of the polyester films with a thickness of 125 // m to make a thin film. At this time, the shape of the queue is such that the inclination angle α of the first plane, the inclination angle of the second plane, and the inclination angle T of the chord of the convex curved surface shape, are in accordance with the height of the train (稜鏡). The ratio (h / H) of the height (h) from the top of the mirror row to the convex curved shape part, the ratio of the distance between the rows (P) and the radius of curvature ⑴ of the convex curved shape (r / P), the opposite row The ratio (d / P) between the chord of the convexly curved shape portion of the interval (P) and the maximum distance (d) of the convexly curved shape portion is as shown in Table 11. The thin layer of 稜鏡 is formed on the light exit surface side of the light guide body in a parallel array 10833pif.doc / 008 99 200306442 to face the light exit surface side of the light guide body, and the ridge line of 稜鏡 is parallel to the guide The light incident surface of the light body is placed in such a way that the first plane is parallel to the primary light source to obtain a surface light source device. The measured intensity ratio of the peak-to-brightness of the surface light source device, the half-to-full width of the outgoing light luminance distribution perpendicular to the plane of the cold cathode tube, and the peak-to-angle angle of the outgoing light luminance distribution were measured, and the results are shown in Table 11. . [Comparative Example 8] For a thin layer, the entire curved surface (second curved surface) from the far side of the primary light source to a curved surface with a curvature radius of 400 // m and a convex curved surface was implemented. Example 50 was also used to obtain a surface light source device. The peak intensity ratio of the peak luminance of the surface light source device was measured, and it was perpendicular to the half width of the emission luminance distribution and the peak luminance angle of the emission luminance distribution in the plane of the cold cathode tube. The results are shown in Table 11. Although the present invention has been disclosed as above with a preferred embodiment, it is not intended to limit the present invention. Any person skilled in the art can make some modifications and retouching without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. The scope of protection of the invention shall be determined by the scope of the attached patent application. 10833pif.doc / 008 100 200306442 [Table 1 1]

圖式之簡單說明 第1圖係表示本發明之光源裝置的模式斜視圖。 第2圖係本發明之光偏向元件的入光面之稜鏡列的形 狀之說明圖。 第3圖至第12圖係表示從光偏向元件之第二稜鏡面（平 面）的各區域之出射光光度分布（XZ面內）的說明圖。 第13圖係表示從光偏向元件之第二稜鏡面（平面）全體 之出射光光度分布(XZ面內）的說明圖。 10833pif.doc/008 101 200306442 第14圖係表示從光偏向元件之第二稜鏡面全體之出射 光光度分布(XZ面內）的§兌明圖。 第15圖至第18圖係本發明之光偏向元件的入光面之 稜鏡列的形狀之說明圖。 第19圖係表示從光偏向元件之出射光輝度分布(XZ面 內）的說明圖。 第20圖係本發明之光偏向元件的入光面之稜鏡列的形 狀之說明圖。 第21圖係出射光光度分布(XZ面內）之半値全幅度的 說明圖。 第22圖係光源裝置之展開長度的說明圖。 弟23圖係光源裝置之展開長度的說明圖。 第24圖係表示從本發明之光源裝置的光偏向元件之出 射光輝度分布(XZ面內）的說明圖。 第25圖係表示從本發明之光源裝置的光偏向元件之出 射光輝度分布(XZ面內）的曲線圖。 第26圖係表示本發明之光擴散元件的各向異擴散性之 出射光光度分布(XZ面內）的說明圖。 第27圖係本發明之光偏向元件的各向異擴散性之說明 量1 〇 第28圖至第30圖係表示具有本發明之各向異擴散性 的光偏向元件之凹凸構造的槪略圖。 第31圖係表示依照本發明之面光源裝置的模式斜視 量I。 10833pif.doc/008 102 200306442 第32圖係本發明之光偏向元件的入光面之稜鏡列的形 狀之模式部分斷面圖。 第33圖係本發明之光偏向元件的入光面之稜鏡列的形 狀之模式部分斷面圖。 圖式之標示說明·· 1 一次光源 2 光源反射器 3 導光體Brief Description of the Drawings Fig. 1 is a schematic perspective view showing a light source device according to the present invention. Fig. 2 is an explanatory diagram of the shape of a queue of the light incident surface of the light deflection element of the present invention. Figures 3 to 12 are explanatory diagrams showing the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from each region of the second plane (plane) of the light deflection element. Fig. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the entire second plane (plane) of the light deflection element. 10833pif.doc / 008 101 200306442 Figure 14 is a § bright map showing the photometric distribution (in the XZ plane) of light emitted from the entire second plane of the light deflection element. Figures 15 to 18 are explanatory diagrams of the shapes of the lines of the light incident surface of the light deflection element of the present invention. Fig. 19 is an explanatory diagram showing the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of light emitted from the light deflection element. Fig. 20 is an explanatory diagram of the shape of a queue of the light incident surface of the light deflection element of the present invention. Fig. 21 is an explanatory diagram of the half-full amplitude of the photometric distribution of the emitted light (in the XZ plane). Fig. 22 is an explanatory view of a developed length of a light source device. Figure 23 is an explanatory diagram of the developed length of the light source device. Fig. 24 is an explanatory diagram showing a luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of light emitted from the light deflection element of the light source device of the present invention. Fig. 25 is a graph showing the luminance distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light emitted from the light deflection element of the light source device of the present invention. Fig. 26 is an explanatory diagram showing the anisotropic diffusivity light emission distribution (in the XZ plane) of the light diffusing element of the present invention. Fig. 27 is an illustration of the anisotropic diffusivity of the light deflecting element of the present invention. Fig. 28. Figs. 28 to 30 are schematic diagrams showing the uneven structure of the light deflecting element having the anisotropic diffusivity of the present invention. Fig. 31 is a diagram showing a mode squint amount I of the surface light source device according to the present invention. 10833pif.doc / 008 102 200306442 FIG. 32 is a partial cross-sectional view of a pattern of the shape of the queue of the light incident surface of the light deflection element of the present invention. Fig. 33 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view of the shape of a queue of light incident surfaces of the light deflection element of the present invention. Explanation of the diagrams ... 1 primary light source 2 light source reflector 3 light guide

4 光偏向元件 5 光反射元件 6 光擴散元件 31 光入射面 32 對向於光入射面31之側端面 33 光出射面 34 背面 41 入光面4 Light-deflecting element 5 Light-reflecting element 6 Light-diffusing element 31 Light-incident surface 32 End face opposite to the light-incident surface 31 33 Light-emitting surface 34 Back surface 41 Light-incident surface

42 出光面 44 第一稜鏡面 45 第二稜鏡面 49〜51平面 52〜54凸曲面 61 對向於光擴散兀件6之光偏向元件4的入射面 62 光擴散元件6之出射面 146 凸曲面形狀部 10833pif.doc/008 103 200306442 147 大略平面部 Θ a 平均傾斜角 r 曲率半徑 P 稜鏡列之間距 . h 稜鏡列之從稜鏡頂部的高度 Η 稜鏡列全體之高度 Q 假想平面 d 假想平面與實際稜鏡面之最大距離 α，/5稜鏡頂角之對法線的左右分角 t 導光體之厚度 L 入射光傳導方向之長度42 Light-emitting surface 44 First surface 45 Second surface 49 ~ 51 Plane 52 ~ 54 Convex surface 61 The light-incident surface facing the light diffusing element 6 toward the incident surface 4 62 Light-emitting surface 6 exit surface 146 Convex surface Shape part 10833pif.doc / 008 103 200306442 147 Approximately flat part Θ a Average inclination angle r Curvature radius P The distance between the rows. H The height from the top of the row Η The height of the entire row Q The imaginary plane d The maximum distance α between the imaginary plane and the actual plane, the right and left subdivisions of the / 5 vertex angle to the normal t The thickness of the light guide L The length of the incident light transmission direction

10833pif.doc/008 10410833pif.doc / 008 104

Claims (1)

200306442 拾、申請專利範圍： 1. 一種光偏向元件，係具有： 一入光面，係使光加以入射；以及 一出光面，係位置於該入光面之相反側，使入射光力口 以出射；其特徵在於： 在該入光面係由兩個稜鏡面所構成之一稜鏡列以s丰目 大略並列複數排列，該稜鏡列之至少一方之一稜鏡面係由 至少兩個傾斜角互異之一平面所構成，位置愈近於該出光 面側之該平面其傾斜角愈大，位置最近於該出光面之該zp 面的傾斜角與從該出光面最遠之該平面的傾斜角之差係在 15度以下。 2. —種光偏向元件，係具有： 一入光面，係使光加以入射；以及 一出光面，係位置於該入光面之相反側，使入射光加 以出射；其待徵在於： 在該入光面係由兩個稜鏡面所構成之一稜鏡列以互相 大略並列複數排列，該稜鏡列之至少一方的一稜鏡面係由 三個傾斜角互異之一平面所構成，位置愈近於該出光面側 之該平面其傾斜角愈大。 3· —種光偏向元件，係具有： 一入光面，係使光加以入射；以及 一出光面，係位置於該入光面之相反側’使入射光加 以出射；其特徵在於： 在該入光面係由兩個稜鏡面所構成之一稜鏡列以互相 10833pifdoc/008 105 200306442 大略並列複數排列，該稜鏡列之至少一方的一稜鏡面係由 至少兩個傾斜角互異之一凸曲面所構成，位置愈近於該出 光面側之該凸曲面其傾斜角愈大。 4. 一種光偏向元件，係具有： 一入光面，係使光加以入射；以及 一出光面，係位置於該入光面之相反側，使入射光加 以出射；其特徵在於： 在該入光面係由兩個稜鏡面所構成之一稜鏡列以互相 大略並列複數排列，該稜鏡列之至少一方的一稜鏡面係由 至少兩個傾斜角互異之一平面與至少一凸曲面所構成，位 置愈近於該出光面之該平面或該凸曲面其傾斜角愈大。 5. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第4項中之任何一項所述 之光偏向元件，其特徵在於： 最近於該出光面之該平面或該凸曲面之傾斜角與從該 出光面最遠之該平面或該凸曲面之傾斜角之差係在15度 以下。 6·如申請專利範圍第3項所述之光偏向元件，其特特 在於，該些凸曲面之形狀係各相異。 7·如申請專利範圍第3項及第4項之任何一項所述之 光偏向元件，其特特在於，該凸曲面之一曲率半徑（r)與該 稜鏡列之一間距(P)的比（r/P)係在2〜50。 8.如申請專利範圍第3項及第4項之任何一項所述之 光偏向元件，其特特在於，該凸曲面之至少一個係一斷面 非圓弧形狀。 10833pif.doc/008 106 200306442 9·如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中之任何一項所述 之光偏向元件’其特特在於，該平面及/或該凸曲面係在 從一稜鏡頂部至從該稜鏡頂部之高度h的一領域至少形成 兩個，稜鏡列之高度爲Η時，h/H係在60%以下。 1〇·如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中之任何一項所 述之光偏向元件，其特特在於，該平面及/或該凸曲面與 連結一稜鏡頂部與一稜鏡底部之一假想平面的一最大距離 (d)對該稜鏡列之〜間距(P)之比率（d/P)係在〇·4〜5%。 11·如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中之任何一項所 述之光偏向元件，其特特在於，該稜鏡列之一頂角的一方 之一分角α係在40度以下，他方之一分角沒係在25〜50 度。 12 ·如申g靑專利範圍第1項至第4項中之任何一項所 述之光偏向元件，其特特在於，該兩個分角α、A之差的 絕對値（|α-θ|)係在05〜10度。 13·如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中之任何一項所 述之光偏向元件’其特特在於，該稜鏡列之該頂角之一方 的該分角α係在2〇度以下。 Η·如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中之任何一項所 述之光偏向兀件’其特特在於，構成該稜鏡列之一方的該 棱係由s亥平面及/或該凸曲面所構成，他方之一稜鏡 面係一大略平面。 I5·—種光源裝置，係包括： --次光源； 10833pifdoc/008 107 200306442 一導光體’係使從該一次光源所發出之光加以導光並 具有： 一光入射面，係使從該一次光源所發出之光加以入 射； 一光出射面，係使經導光之光加以出射；以及 一光偏向元件，係鄰接配置於該導光體之該光出射面 的申請專利範圍從第1項至第4項中之任何一項所述之光 偏向元件。 16. 一^種光偏向兀件’係以一方之面爲一^入光面，並且 以其相反側之面爲一出光面，在該入光面係形成以互相並 列排列之複數棱鏡列，該稜鏡列係具有一第一稜鏡面與一 第二稜鏡面之兩個稜鏡面，至少該第二稜鏡面之位置於該 稜鏡列之一頂部側的一部分係由一大略平面所構成，位置 於該出光面側之其他部分係呈爲一凸曲面形狀之光偏向元 件，其特徵在於，對該稜鏡列之高度（H)的從該稜鏡列之 該頂部至一凸曲面形狀部的高度⑻之比率（h/H)係在 25〜60%。 17. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之一傾斜角α係在28〜34度，該第 二稜鏡列面之一傾斜角沒係在32.5〜37度，該凸曲面形狀 之弦的一傾斜角r係在30〜35度。 18. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該稜鏡列之一間距(P)與該凸曲面形狀之一曲率半 徑⑴之比(r/P)係在5〜11。 108 10833pif.doc/008 200306442 / I9·如申請專利範圍第丨6項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該凸曲面形狀部之弦與該凸曲面形狀部的一最大 距離（d)對§亥稜鏡列之一間距(ρ)的比率（d/p)係在〇·2〜2%。 2〇·如申請專利範圍第16項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之一傾斜角^爲32〜33.5度，該第 一稜鏡面之一傾斜角沒爲32·5〜34.5度，該凸曲面形狀部 之弦的一傾斜角τ爲30〜31.5度，該稜鏡列之一間距(Ρ)與 該凸曲面形狀之一曲率半徑(r)之比(r/p)爲5〜9·5。 21·如申請專利範圍第16項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之一傾斜角α爲32〜33.5度，該第 二稜鏡面之一傾斜角/3爲32.5〜34.5度，該凸曲面形狀之 弦的一傾斜角Τ爲30〜31.5度，該凸曲面形狀部之弦與該 凸曲面形狀部的一最大距離（d)對該稜鏡列之一間距（P)的 比率(d/P)爲0.2〜2%。 22·如申請專利範圍第20項及第21項之任何一項所 述之光偏向兀件’其特徵在於，該第一*棱鏡面之該傾斜角 α與該第二稜鏡面之該傾斜角/5之差的一絕對値爲0.3度 以上1.8度未滿。 23.如申請專利範圍第16項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之一傾斜角α爲32.5〜34度，該第 二稜鏡面之一傾斜角/3爲32.5〜34度，該凸曲面形狀之弦 的一傾斜角r爲30〜31.5度，對該稜鏡列之高度（Η)的從該 稜鏡列之該頂部至該凸曲面形狀部的高度（h)之比率（h/H) 爲25〜50%，該稜鏡列之一間距(P)與該凸曲面形狀之一曲 10833pif.doc/008 109 200306442 率半徑(r)的比（r/P)爲5〜10。 24. 如申請專利範圍第19項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之一傾斜角α爲32.5〜34度，該第 二稜鏡面之一傾斜角/3爲32.5〜34度，該凸曲面形狀之弦 的一傾斜角r爲30〜31.5度，對該稜鏡列之高度（Η)的從該 稜鏡列之該頂部至該凸曲面形狀部的高度（h)之比率（h/H) 爲25〜50%。 25. 如申專利範圍第23項及第24項之任何一項所述之 光偏向元件，其特徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之該傾斜角α與 該第二稜鏡面之該傾斜角/5的差之一絕對値爲0.3未滿。 26. 如申請專利範圍第18項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之一傾斜角α爲28〜32度，該第二 稜鏡面之一傾斜角Θ爲33〜37度，該凸曲面形狀之弦的一 傾斜角Τ爲32〜34度，對該稜鏡列之高度(Η)的從該稜鏡 列之該頂部至該凸曲面形狀部的高度（h)之比率（h/H)爲 30〜45%。 27·如申請專利範圍第19項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之一傾斜角α爲28〜32度，該第二 稜鏡面之一傾斜角沒爲33〜37度，該凸曲面形狀之弦的一 傾斜角7爲32〜34度，對該稜鏡列之高度（Η)的從該稜鏡 列之該頂部至該凸曲面形狀部的高度（h)之比率（h/H)爲 30〜45%。 28.如申請專利範圍第26項及第27項之任何一項所述 之光偏向元件，其特徵在於，該第一稜鏡面之該傾斜角α 10833pif.doc/008 110 200306442 與該第二稜鏡面之該傾斜角々的差之一絕對値爲1·8以上 8.5以下。 29·如申請專利範圍第16項所述之光偏向元件，其特 徵在於’該第一稜鏡面係一大略平面。 30.—種光源裝置，其特徵在於，包括： ——次光源； 一導光體’係使從該一次光源所發出之光加以導光並 且具有： 一光入射面’係使從該一次光源所發出之光加以入 射； 一光出射面，係使經導光之光加以出射；以及 一光偏向元件，係鄰接配置於該導光體之該光出射面 的申請專利範圍從第16項至第21項、第23、24、26、27 項及第29項中之任何一項所述之光偏向元件。 10833pif.doc/008 111200306442 Scope of patent application: 1. A light deflection element having: a light incident surface to which light is incident; and a light outgoing surface which is located on the opposite side of the light incident surface, so that the incident light power port is It is characterized in that: the light-incident surface is composed of one of two lines, and the line is arranged in the order of s, which is roughly parallel to each other, and at least one of the lines of the line is inclined by at least two The angle formed by a plane with mutually different angles, the closer the plane is to the light emitting surface side, the larger the inclination angle, the closer the inclination angle of the zp plane to the light emitting surface and the plane farthest from the light emitting surface. The difference between the inclination angles is below 15 degrees. 2. —A kind of light deflection element, which has: a light incident surface to which light is incident; and a light emitting surface which is located on the opposite side of the light incident surface to allow incident light to be emitted; The light-incident surface is composed of one queue formed by two planes, which are arranged roughly in parallel with each other. One plane of at least one of the trains is composed of three planes with different inclination angles. The closer the plane to the light emitting surface side is, the larger the inclination angle is. 3. A light-deflecting element having: a light-entering surface to which light is incident; and a light-exiting surface located on the opposite side of the light-entering surface to allow incident light to exit; and is characterized by: The light incident surface is composed of one of the two planes, which are arranged in parallel with each other 10833pifdoc / 008 105 200306442. One of the planes of at least one side of the train is composed of at least two oblique angles. The convex surface is formed, the closer the convex surface is to the light emitting surface side, the larger the inclination angle is. 4. A light deflection element comprising: a light incident surface to which light is incident; and a light exit surface to be located on the opposite side of the light incident surface to allow incident light to be emitted; characterized in that: The smooth surface is composed of two queues composed of two queues arranged in parallel with each other in plural. One of the queues of at least one of the queues is composed of at least two planes with different inclination angles and at least one convex curved surface. The closer the position is to the plane or convex surface of the light exit surface, the larger the inclination angle is. 5. The light deflecting element according to any one of items 2 to 4 in the scope of the patent application, characterized in that the angle of inclination of the plane closest to the light emitting surface or the convex curved surface and the angle closest to the light emitting surface The difference between the inclination angles of the distant plane or the convex curved surface is 15 degrees or less. 6. The light-deflecting element according to item 3 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the shapes of the convex curved surfaces are different. 7. The light deflecting element as described in any one of items 3 and 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein a curvature radius (r) of one of the convex surfaces and a distance (P) of one of the queues The ratio (r / P) ranges from 2 to 50. 8. The light deflecting element according to any one of items 3 and 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein at least one of the convex curved surfaces is a cross-section non-arc shape. 10833pif.doc / 008 106 200306442 9. The light-deflecting element described in any one of items 1 to 4 of the scope of patent application, which is characterized in that the plane and / or the convex curved surface At least two areas are formed from the top of the mirror to the height h from the top of the ridge. When the height of the ridge is Η, h / H is below 60%. 10. The light deflecting element according to any one of items 1 to 4 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the plane and / or the convex curved surface is connected to a top and a bottom A ratio (d / P) of a maximum distance (d) to a queue (P) of an imaginary plane is between 0.4 and 5%. 11. The light deflecting element according to any one of items 1 to 4 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the angle α of one of the apex angles of the queue is less than 40 degrees The angle of the other side is not tied to 25 ~ 50 degrees. 12 · The light-deflecting element as described in any one of items 1 to 4 of the patent scope, characterized in that the absolute value of the difference between the two sub-angles α, A (| α-θ |) At 05 ~ 10 degrees. 13. The light deflecting element according to any one of items 1 to 4 in the scope of the patent application, which is characterized in that the partial angle α of one of the apex angles in the queue is 20 degrees the following. Η · The light-biasing element described in any one of items 1 to 4 of the scope of the patent application is characterized in that the edge system constituting one of the queues is composed of the shai plane and / or the Consisting of a convex surface, one of the other sides is a large, slightly flat surface. I5 · —a light source device, including:-a secondary light source; 10833pifdoc / 008 107 200306442 A light guide 'guides light emitted from the primary light source and has: a light incident surface, The light emitted by the primary light source is incident; a light exit surface is used to emit the light guided by the light; and a light deflection element is adjacent to the light exit surface of the light guide. The light deflecting element according to any one of items 4 to 4. 16. A light-biasing element is a light-receiving surface with one side as a light-receiving surface, and a plurality of prism rows arranged side by side on the light-receiving surface. The train line has two planes, a first plane and a second plane. At least a part of the position of the second plane on the top side of the train is composed of a large plane. The other part located on the light-emitting surface side is a light deflection element having a convex curved shape, which is characterized in that the height (H) of the queue is from the top of the queue to a convex curved shape portion The ratio of height ⑻ (h / H) is 25 ~ 60%. 17. The light deflecting element according to item 16 in the scope of the patent application, wherein one of the inclination angles α of the first plane is 28 to 34 degrees, and one of the inclination angles of the second plane is not related. At an angle of 32.5 to 37 degrees, an inclined angle r of the chord of the convex curved surface is at 30 to 35 degrees. 18. The light deflecting element according to item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein a ratio (r / P) of a pitch (P) of the queue to a radius of curvature ⑴ of the convex curved shape is 5 ~ 11. 108 10833pif.doc / 008 200306442 / I9 · The light deflecting element as described in item 6 of the patent application scope, characterized in that a maximum distance (d) between the chord of the convex curved shape part and the convex curved shape part § The ratio (d / p) of the pitch (ρ) of one of the columns of Haihe is between 0.2 and 2%. 2〇. The light deflecting element according to item 16 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that the inclination angle of one of the first planes is 32 to 33.5 degrees, and the inclination angle of one of the first planes is not 32. 5 to 34.5 degrees, an inclination angle τ of the chord of the convex curved surface shape is 30 to 31.5 degrees, and a ratio (r /) of a pitch (P) of the queue to a curvature radius (r) of the convex curved surface shape p) is 5 to 9 · 5. 21. The light deflecting element according to item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein one of the first slanted surfaces has an inclination angle α of 32 to 33.5 degrees, and one of the second slanted surfaces has an inclination angle / 3 of 32.5 to 34.5 degrees, an inclination angle T of the chord of the convex curved shape is 30 ~ 31.5 degrees, and a maximum distance (d) between the chord of the convex curved shape part and the convex curved shape part (d) is a distance from the queue (P The ratio (d / P) is 0.2 to 2%. 22. The light deflection element according to any one of the items 20 and 21 of the scope of the patent application, characterized in that the inclination angle α of the first * prism surface and the inclination angle of the second conical surface An absolute difference of / 5 is 0.3 degrees or more and 1.8 degrees or less. 23. The light deflecting element according to item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein one of the first slanted surfaces has an inclination angle α of 32.5 to 34 degrees, and one of the second slanted surfaces has an inclination angle / 3 of 32.5 to 34 degrees, an inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved shape is 30 to 31.5 degrees, and the height of the queue (Η) from the top of the queue to the height of the convex curved shape (h) The ratio (h / H) is 25 to 50%. The ratio (r / P) of the pitch (P) of the queue to the curvature of the convex surface. 10833pif.doc / 008 109 200306442 It is 5 to 10. 24. The light deflecting element according to item 19 in the scope of the patent application, wherein one of the first slanted surfaces has an inclination angle α of 32.5 to 34 degrees, and one of the second slanted surfaces has an inclination angle / 3 of 32.5 to 34 degrees, an inclination angle r of the chord of the convex curved shape is 30 to 31.5 degrees, and the height of the queue (Η) from the top of the queue to the height of the convex curved shape (h) The ratio (h / H) is 25 ~ 50%. 25. The light deflecting element as described in any one of items 23 and 24 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that the inclination angle α of the first plane and the inclination angle / 5 of the second plane One of the absolute difference is less than 0.3. 26. The light deflecting element according to item 18 of the scope of patent application, wherein an inclination angle α of one of the first planes is 28 to 32 degrees, and an inclination angle Θ of one of the second planes is 33 to 37. Degree, an inclination angle T of the chord of the convex curved surface is 32 ~ 34 degrees, and the height (Η) of the queue from the top of the queue to the height (h) of the convex curved shape portion The ratio (h / H) is 30 to 45%. 27. The light deflecting element according to item 19 in the scope of application for a patent, wherein an inclination angle α of one of the first planes is 28 to 32 degrees, and an inclination angle of one of the second planes is not 33 to 37 Degrees, an inclination angle 7 of the chord of the convex curved surface is 32 to 34 degrees, and the height (h) of the queue from the top of the queue to the height (h) of the convex curved shape portion The ratio (h / H) is 30 to 45%. 28. The light deflecting element according to any one of items 26 and 27 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the inclination angle α 10833pif.doc / 008 110 200306442 and the second edge of the first facet One of the differences between the inclination angles 々 of the mirror surface 値 is absolutely 1.8 to 8.5. 29. The light deflecting element according to item 16 of the scope of the patent application, characterized in that 'the first surface is a large and slightly flat surface. 30. A light source device, comprising:-a secondary light source; a light guide body that directs light emitted from the primary light source and has: a light incident surface that causes the primary light source The emitted light is incident; a light exit surface is used to emit the light guided by the light; and a light deflection element is adjacent to the light exit surface of the light guide. The light deflection element described in any one of items 21, 23, 24, 26, 27, and 29. 10833pif.doc / 008 111
TW092102184A 2002-01-31 2003-01-30 Optical deflection elements and light source device TW583422B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2002024422 2002-01-31
JP2002031418 2002-02-07
JP2002072971 2002-03-15
JP2002137098 2002-05-13

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200306442A true TW200306442A (en) 2003-11-16
TW583422B TW583422B (en) 2004-04-11

Family

ID=27670913

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW092102184A TW583422B (en) 2002-01-31 2003-01-30 Optical deflection elements and light source device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (2) US7153017B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100712766B1 (en)
CN (1) CN100445824C (en)
TW (1) TW583422B (en)
WO (1) WO2003065083A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (120)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7011390B2 (en) * 1997-07-15 2006-03-14 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing mechanism having wide format printing zone
KR101082907B1 (en) * 2004-02-18 2011-11-11 삼성전자주식회사 Back light assembly and liquid crystal display having the same
US7102824B2 (en) * 2004-05-13 2006-09-05 The Boeing Company Optical element for efficient sensing at large angles of incidence
TW200600919A (en) * 2004-06-22 2006-01-01 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Optical film, backlight assembly and liquid crystal display device having the same
EP1774375A1 (en) * 2004-07-26 2007-04-18 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Multi emission mode backlight
JP2006209076A (en) * 2004-12-27 2006-08-10 Nichia Chem Ind Ltd Light guide body and surface light-emitting device using the same
TW200624944A (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-16 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd Light guide plate and backlight module
KR100895753B1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2009-04-30 미츠비시 레이온 가부시키가이샤 Planar light source device, light guide used for the same, and manufacturing method thereof
US7628502B2 (en) * 2005-09-22 2009-12-08 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Light controlling sheet and surface light source device
TWI315432B (en) * 2005-11-21 2009-10-01 Optoma Corp Brightness enhancement film and backlight module
JP2007258152A (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-10-04 Citizen Electronics Co Ltd Backlight unit and display device provided with the same
US7452120B2 (en) * 2006-03-24 2008-11-18 Rohm And Haas Denmark Finance A/S Illumination apparatus and film
JP4923671B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2012-04-25 ソニー株式会社 Liquid crystal display
KR100754400B1 (en) * 2006-04-21 2007-08-31 삼성전자주식회사 Backlight unit and display device employing the same
JP4105736B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2008-06-25 日立マクセル株式会社 Lens sheet, backlight and display device using the same
US7950838B2 (en) * 2006-05-31 2011-05-31 3M Innovative Properties Company Light directing film
JP4962884B2 (en) * 2006-06-06 2012-06-27 三国電子有限会社 Surface light source device, prism sheet and liquid crystal display device
JP4165579B2 (en) * 2006-06-16 2008-10-15 ソニー株式会社 Light source device, display device
JP2008053466A (en) * 2006-08-24 2008-03-06 Nec Electronics Corp Optical transmission module
KR100832060B1 (en) * 2006-08-24 2008-05-27 희성전자 주식회사 LGP structure of edge-type Backlight unit
JP2010510546A (en) * 2006-11-15 2010-04-02 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Backlight display with high illumination uniformity
US20080111947A1 (en) * 2006-11-15 2008-05-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Back-lit displays with high illumination uniformity
KR100903028B1 (en) * 2007-01-15 2009-06-18 제일모직주식회사 Light guide panel comprising wedge type rear prism for back light unit of tft-lcd
JP2008177070A (en) * 2007-01-19 2008-07-31 Sony Corp Optical control element, planar light source device, and liquid crystal display device
TW200900801A (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-01 Coretronic Corp Backlight module and liquid crystal display having the same
KR101372849B1 (en) 2007-07-27 2014-03-10 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Collimating light guide plate, diffusing unit, and display apparatus employing the same
US8585273B2 (en) * 2007-07-31 2013-11-19 Rambus Delaware Llc Illumination assembly including wavelength converting material
US20090040771A1 (en) * 2007-08-08 2009-02-12 Rohm And Haas Denmark Finance A/S Thin light guiding plate and methods of manufacturing
WO2009034943A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-03-19 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Backlight
US7957082B2 (en) * 2007-10-03 2011-06-07 Skc Haas Display Films Co., Ltd. Turning film having multiple slopes
US7654722B2 (en) * 2007-10-24 2010-02-02 Radiant Opto-Electronics Corporation Light guide plate
KR20090047926A (en) * 2007-11-09 2009-05-13 삼성전자주식회사 Backlight unit
TWI451804B (en) * 2007-12-03 2014-09-01 Epistar Corp Ac lighting device
US8598799B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2013-12-03 Epistar Corporation Alternating current light emitting device
KR101604243B1 (en) * 2007-12-31 2016-03-18 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Light guide plate, backlight unit and liquid crystal display having the same
KR101421628B1 (en) * 2008-01-11 2014-07-24 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Back light assembly
KR101243709B1 (en) * 2008-02-22 2013-03-13 주식회사 엘지화학 Deflecting film with double-faced shape and side light type back light unit using the same
US20090219723A1 (en) * 2008-03-03 2009-09-03 Dong-Yih Liou Brightness enhancement film
US20090274876A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Dong-Yih Liou Match of two brightness enhancement films
TWI379105B (en) * 2008-07-17 2012-12-11 Coretronic Corp Optical film and backlight module using the same
KR100978078B1 (en) 2008-08-26 2010-08-26 삼성전자주식회사 Prism sheet and liquid crystal display having the same
TWM353379U (en) * 2008-11-03 2009-03-21 Nano Prec Corp Backlight module
US20100110342A1 (en) * 2008-11-04 2010-05-06 Skc Haas Display Films Co., Ltd. Novel turning film for liquid crystal displays
US20100128351A1 (en) * 2008-11-21 2010-05-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Curved sided cone structures for controlling gain and viewing angle in an optical film
KR101518734B1 (en) * 2008-12-23 2015-05-12 삼성전자주식회사 Back light unit providing polarized light and display apparatus employing the back light unit
TWI401475B (en) * 2009-01-15 2013-07-11 Coretronic Corp Optical film
JP2010164914A (en) * 2009-01-19 2010-07-29 Hitachi Displays Ltd Liquid crystal display device
US8807816B2 (en) 2009-04-24 2014-08-19 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Luminaire with Functionality-enhancing structure
US8354806B2 (en) * 2009-08-21 2013-01-15 Microsoft Corporation Scanning collimation of light via flat panel lamp
US20110044582A1 (en) 2009-08-21 2011-02-24 Microsoft Corporation Efficient collimation of light with optical wedge
EP2320255A3 (en) * 2009-11-04 2012-01-25 SKC Haas Display Films Co., Ltd. Novel turning film for liquid crystal displays
DE202009016729U1 (en) * 2009-12-09 2011-04-28 Heise, Sebastian, Dipl.-Ing. (FH) Lighting device with at least one LED
JP6054747B2 (en) * 2009-12-17 2016-12-27 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Light redirecting construct
TWI425301B (en) * 2010-02-09 2014-02-01 Qisda Corp High efficiency projector apparatus
CN102252271A (en) * 2010-05-17 2011-11-23 财团法人工业技术研究院 Light-guiding microstructure sheet, light-guiding method and window structure
US9201185B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2015-12-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Directional backlighting for display panels
TWI452359B (en) 2011-04-29 2014-09-11 Coretronic Corp Light guide plate and light source module
US20130027772A1 (en) 2011-07-27 2013-01-31 Microsoft Corporation Variable-depth stereoscopic display
US8797480B2 (en) * 2011-10-18 2014-08-05 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Light guide plate, surface light source device, and display device
US20140071255A1 (en) * 2011-12-28 2014-03-13 Panasonic Corporation Light source control device and video display device
US9354748B2 (en) 2012-02-13 2016-05-31 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Optical stylus interaction
US9075566B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2015-07-07 Microsoft Technoogy Licensing, LLC Flexible hinge spine
US9134807B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2015-09-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Pressure sensitive key normalization
US8873227B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2014-10-28 Microsoft Corporation Flexible hinge support layer
US9870066B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2018-01-16 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Method of manufacturing an input device
US20130300590A1 (en) 2012-05-14 2013-11-14 Paul Henry Dietz Audio Feedback
US9235057B2 (en) 2012-05-18 2016-01-12 Reald Inc. Polarization recovery in a directional display device
WO2013173786A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Reald Inc. Directional backlight
US9678267B2 (en) * 2012-05-18 2017-06-13 Reald Spark, Llc Wide angle imaging directional backlights
KR102099590B1 (en) 2012-05-18 2020-04-10 리얼디 스파크, 엘엘씨 Controlling light sources of a directional backlight
US9188731B2 (en) 2012-05-18 2015-11-17 Reald Inc. Directional backlight
US8947353B2 (en) 2012-06-12 2015-02-03 Microsoft Corporation Photosensor array gesture detection
US9256089B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2016-02-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Object-detecting backlight unit
US8964379B2 (en) 2012-08-20 2015-02-24 Microsoft Corporation Switchable magnetic lock
TWI490607B (en) 2012-10-15 2015-07-01 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 Display apparatus and light emitting module and light-guiding plate thereof
TWI485483B (en) * 2012-10-16 2015-05-21 Innocom Tech Shenzhen Co Ltd Light-guiding plate, light emitting module and display apparatus
KR20140066522A (en) * 2012-11-23 2014-06-02 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 A backlight unit and a display apparatus having the backlight unit
BR112015020160B1 (en) 2013-02-22 2022-01-18 Reald Spark, Llc DIRECTIONAL BACKLIGHTING
US9552777B2 (en) 2013-05-10 2017-01-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Phase control backlight
KR102030412B1 (en) 2013-05-31 2019-10-10 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Light guide plate having rounded polyggon pattern and liquid cyrstal display device having thereof
CN105474633B (en) 2013-06-17 2019-07-09 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 Control the light source of directional backlight
CN106068533B (en) 2013-10-14 2019-01-11 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 The control of directional display
EP3058422B1 (en) 2013-10-14 2019-04-24 RealD Spark, LLC Light input for directional backlight
EP3104200B1 (en) 2014-02-04 2018-04-04 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Daylighting member, daylighting device, and method for installing daylighting member
US10120420B2 (en) 2014-03-21 2018-11-06 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Lockable display and techniques enabling use of lockable displays
JP2015195181A (en) * 2014-03-28 2015-11-05 大日本印刷株式会社 Surface light source device and display device
EP3126884A2 (en) * 2014-04-01 2017-02-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Asymmetric turning film with multiple light sources
WO2015200814A1 (en) 2014-06-26 2015-12-30 Reald Inc. Directional privacy display
US10324733B2 (en) 2014-07-30 2019-06-18 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Shutdown notifications
US9835792B2 (en) 2014-10-08 2017-12-05 Reald Spark, Llc Directional backlight
US10356383B2 (en) 2014-12-24 2019-07-16 Reald Spark, Llc Adjustment of perceived roundness in stereoscopic image of a head
CN104536069B (en) * 2015-01-06 2018-01-12 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Spectro-film, backlight module and display device
RU2596062C1 (en) 2015-03-20 2016-08-27 Автономная Некоммерческая Образовательная Организация Высшего Профессионального Образования "Сколковский Институт Науки И Технологий" Method for correction of eye image using machine learning and method of machine learning
WO2016168345A1 (en) 2015-04-13 2016-10-20 Reald Inc. Wide angle imaging directional backlights
EP3295226A1 (en) * 2015-05-13 2018-03-21 Corning Incorporated Light guides with reduced hot spots and methods for making the same
US10228505B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2019-03-12 Reald Spark, Llc Wide angle imaging directional backlights
JP6618289B2 (en) * 2015-07-23 2019-12-11 スタンレー電気株式会社 Surface light source device and prism sheet
KR20180030927A (en) * 2015-08-13 2018-03-26 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 A display comprising a redirecting film and a diffuser
US10475418B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2019-11-12 Reald Spark, Llc Intelligent privacy system, apparatus, and method thereof
WO2017083526A1 (en) 2015-11-10 2017-05-18 Reald Inc. Distortion matching polarization conversion systems and methods thereof
CN108431670B (en) 2015-11-13 2022-03-11 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 Surface features for imaging directional backlights
US10330843B2 (en) 2015-11-13 2019-06-25 Reald Spark, Llc Wide angle imaging directional backlights
WO2017120247A1 (en) 2016-01-05 2017-07-13 Reald Spark, Llc Gaze correction of multi-view images
CN109416431B (en) 2016-05-19 2022-02-08 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 Wide-angle imaging directional backlight
CN109496258A (en) 2016-05-23 2019-03-19 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 Wide-angle image directional backlight
CN110178072B (en) 2017-01-04 2022-03-11 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 Optical stack for imaging directional backlights
WO2018129034A1 (en) * 2017-01-04 2018-07-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Asymmetric turning film with top-hat light output distributions
JP2018146809A (en) * 2017-03-06 2018-09-20 恵和株式会社 Optical sheet and backlight unit
EP3607387A4 (en) 2017-04-03 2020-11-25 RealD Spark, LLC Segmented imaging directional backlights
EP3665553B1 (en) 2017-08-08 2023-12-13 RealD Spark, LLC Adjusting a digital representation of a head region
US11115647B2 (en) 2017-11-06 2021-09-07 Reald Spark, Llc Privacy display apparatus
CA3089477A1 (en) 2018-01-25 2019-08-01 Reald Spark, Llc Touch screen for privacy display
CN108469642B (en) * 2018-03-29 2021-03-12 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Prism film, backlight module and display device
CN109407203B (en) * 2018-12-28 2020-11-03 厦门天马微电子有限公司 Light guide plate, backlight module and display device
KR102418663B1 (en) 2019-01-29 2022-07-08 주식회사 엘지화학 Film for compensating viewing angle, polarizing plate comprising the same and display device comprising the same
JP7317997B2 (en) * 2019-04-30 2023-07-31 レイア、インコーポレイテッド Light source with bifurcated radiation pattern, multi-view backlight and method
CN114089563A (en) * 2019-05-14 2022-02-25 瑞仪(广州)光电子器件有限公司 Light source structure, backlight module and display device
CN116194812A (en) 2020-09-16 2023-05-30 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 External lighting device for vehicle
CA3224439A1 (en) * 2021-07-02 2023-01-05 Zhongwei SHEN An angled illumination system for microfluidic devices
US11966049B2 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-04-23 Reald Spark, Llc Pupil tracking near-eye display

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA1316159C (en) 1987-05-08 1993-04-13 Sanford Cobb, Jr. High aspect ratio light fixture and film for use therein
US5303322A (en) 1992-03-23 1994-04-12 Nioptics Corporation Tapered multilayer luminaire devices
JP3272106B2 (en) 1993-06-25 2002-04-08 株式会社キャタラー Gas purification equipment
JP3106050B2 (en) 1994-02-17 2000-11-06 三菱レイヨン株式会社 Brightness improvement sheet for surface light source
US5506929A (en) * 1994-10-19 1996-04-09 Clio Technologies, Inc. Light expanding system for producing a linear or planar light beam from a point-like light source
JPH08304607A (en) 1995-05-09 1996-11-22 Toshiba Corp Backlight
JPH09105804A (en) 1995-10-13 1997-04-22 Konica Corp Light control sheet, surface light source device, and liquid crystal display device
EP0802446B1 (en) 1995-11-06 2003-06-11 Seiko Epson Corporation Illuminator, liquid crystal display using the illuminator and electronic device
JPH1127765A (en) * 1997-07-04 1999-01-29 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Vehicle use information communication system
JPH1138209A (en) 1997-07-18 1999-02-12 Konica Corp Optical control sheet, surface light source device, and liquid crystal display device
JPH11271765A (en) * 1998-01-26 1999-10-08 Mitsubishi Chemical Corp Surface light source unit
JP2000015840A (en) 1998-07-07 2000-01-18 Seiko Epson Corp Ink jet recorder and ink cartridge
JP2000035763A (en) 1998-07-21 2000-02-02 Casio Comput Co Ltd Display device
JP2001143515A (en) 1999-09-03 2001-05-25 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd Prism sheet and panel light source element
JP2001124909A (en) 1999-10-26 2001-05-11 Yuka Denshi Kk Light-control sheet, planar light source device and liquid crystal display device using the same
US6648485B1 (en) 2000-11-13 2003-11-18 International Business Machines Corporation Highly collimating tapered light guide for uniform illumination of flat panel displays
US6502947B2 (en) 2001-03-30 2003-01-07 Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd. Planar light source device and liquid crystal display apparatus
JP5027969B2 (en) 2001-08-27 2012-09-19 大日本印刷株式会社 Manufacturing method of two-dimensional field expansion member

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN100445824C (en) 2008-12-24
TW583422B (en) 2004-04-11
CN1625701A (en) 2005-06-08
US20050094295A1 (en) 2005-05-05
US7153017B2 (en) 2006-12-26
WO2003065083A1 (en) 2003-08-07
US20060250817A1 (en) 2006-11-09
US7401962B2 (en) 2008-07-22
KR20040079962A (en) 2004-09-16
KR100712766B1 (en) 2007-05-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW583422B (en) Optical deflection elements and light source device
JP4677019B2 (en) Light source device
TW594108B (en) Light source device and light deflection element
TWI240832B (en) Light deflection device
JP4323189B2 (en) Optical deflection element and surface light source device
JP4889130B2 (en) Optical deflection element and surface light source device
JP4242162B2 (en) Light source device
JP2004287415A (en) Optical deflection device and light source device
JP4210053B2 (en) Light source device
JP4160297B2 (en) Optical deflection element
JP4118043B2 (en) Light source device
JP2003302508A (en) Light polarizing element and surface light source apparatus using the same
JP4485416B2 (en) Light deflection element and light source device
JP2009020533A (en) Optical deflector and light source device
JP2003187618A (en) Light source device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MC4A Revocation of granted patent
MK4A Expiration of patent term of an invention patent